WO2023016506A1 - Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023016506A1
WO2023016506A1 PCT/CN2022/111611 CN2022111611W WO2023016506A1 WO 2023016506 A1 WO2023016506 A1 WO 2023016506A1 CN 2022111611 W CN2022111611 W CN 2022111611W WO 2023016506 A1 WO2023016506 A1 WO 2023016506A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data packets
pdcp
entity
data
rlc
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/111611
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘菁
董朋朋
曹振臻
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023016506A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023016506A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and more specifically, to a data transmission method and a communication device.
  • the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer includes a reordering function, thereby ensuring Layers deliver data sequentially.
  • the RLC layer cancels the reordering function, and moves the reordering function up to the PDCP layer for implementation. That is to say, if the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer is out of order, the PDCP layer supports reordering the out-of-order data, and then submits the data to its upper layer in order.
  • NR new radio
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NRC network coding
  • the present application provides a data transmission method in order to solve the problem of how the receiving end submits the decoded original data.
  • a method for transmitting data is provided, the method is applied to a receiving device, and the method includes: receiving T data packets through a first entity, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K The data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy a coding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets.
  • the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation Or add padding, T, K, N, and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N;
  • the original data is submitted by the first entity in the first submission method or the second submission method;
  • the first submission method includes: when When performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover one of the M original data, submit the original data through the first entity;
  • the second delivery method includes: when the T data packets When the network decoding operation is performed to recover the M original data, the first entity submits the M original data, where T is not less than N.
  • the receiving device submits the original data in the first delivery mode through the first entity, after receiving the T data packets, the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets to recover a original data, the receiving device submits the restored original data through the first entity, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the restored original data.
  • the receiving device uses the first delivery method to submit the original data, since the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to recover one original data, it will submit the recovered original data packets, so It can guarantee the delay requirement of transmitting data packets. In this way, T can be smaller than N.
  • the receiving device If the receiving device submits the original data in the second delivery mode, after receiving the T data packets, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to restore M original data, the receiving device passes The first entity submits the restored M pieces of original data, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the restored original data.
  • the receiving device uses the second delivery method to submit the original data, since the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to restore the M original data, it submits the M original data, so the receiving The device may sort the M pieces of original data through the first entity and then submit them, so that the submitted original data can be guaranteed to be in order.
  • K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the coding relationship between the above K data packets and N original data packets is as follows: K data packets are pairs of N It is obtained by encoding the original data packets.
  • the N system packets included in the K data packets are respectively generated by encoding the N original data packets with the coefficient factor of the unit vector and adding the coded packet header.
  • K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the encoding relationship satisfied by the above K data packets and N original data packets is: (K-N)
  • the redundant packets are obtained by encoding the N original data packets, and the N system packets included in the K data packets are generated by adding encoded packet headers to the N original data packets respectively. That is, the encoding relationship also includes adding an encoded packet header.
  • the receiving device is a terminal device, and the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal
  • the delivery method used by the device, the delivery method includes the first delivery method or the second delivery method.
  • the terminal device may determine a delivery mode for delivering the recovered original data according to the received first indication information.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes one or more of the following: decoding header, decoding, aggregation (segmented reverse operation), split (cascade reverse operation), defill, and remove the original data packet header.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes decoding and decoding headers.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes removing headers of the original data packets.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes aggregation.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes splitting.
  • the sending device adds padding to the M original data to obtain N original data packets then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes de-filling.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by a service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer or a network coding (network coding, NC) layer, the The NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the method further includes: enabling the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • NC network coding
  • the SDAP entity or NC entity can perform network decoding operations on the received data packets to recover all the original data. Therefore, based on the above technical solution, when the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity, it does not affect the decoding process of the SDAP entity or the NC entity, but can guarantee the delay requirement of data transmission.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further includes: disabling the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
  • the receiving device when the PDCP reordering function is turned off, the receiving device does not need to consider how to push the lower limit of the receiving window, thus simplifying the processing logic of the receiving device.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer
  • the method further includes: when the PDCP reordering timer is on , through the first entity, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is determined by receiving T PDCP protocol data units (protocol data unit , PDU) and the sequence number (sequence number, SN) of the previous PDCP PDU in the PDCP PDU that is discontinuous in the PDCP PDU with the largest SN triggers, the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and the T data packets
  • the part of includes data packets other than data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window, and the T PDCP PDUs are received within the PDCP receiving window.
  • part of the above T data packets may also include the data packet contained in the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is discontinuous with the previous PDCP PDU, and the Among the PDCP PDUs with discontinuous sequence numbers (sequence number, SN), the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the arrival of the PDCP PDU with the largest SN and not yet delivered to the decoder.
  • the data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window can be sent to the decoder, so the part of the T data packets described in this paragraph is the same as the one in the previous paragraph Some of the T data packets include the same data packets.
  • the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the translator when the reordering timing is enabled. Decoder for decoding processing, without having to wait until the reordering timer expires or after receiving SN continuous PDCP PDUs, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, so that the original data can be quickly restored, reducing Latency of data transmission.
  • the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, stopping the PDCP reordering timer.
  • the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the PDCP reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced.
  • stopping the PDCP reordering timer problem The lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid while the PDCP reordering timer is stopped, thus solving the problem of when to slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
  • the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data, sliding the The lower limit of the PDCP receive window.
  • the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window, thereby solving the problem of when the receiving device slides when the NC function is introduced.
  • the problem of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is not limited.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer
  • the method further includes: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, through the The first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packet contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, received before the out-of-order PDCP PDU and has not yet been delivered Data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs to the decoder, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is determined by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs Triggered, the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  • the out-of-order PDCP PDUs include the
  • the first entity if there are out-of-sequence PDCP PDUs among the received T PDCP PDUs, the first entity, after the reordering timer expires, reorders the data contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDCP PDUs.
  • packets, and/or, the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which facilitates the realization of data packets Sequential raw data obtained after network decoding operations.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer
  • the method further includes: when the RLC reordering timer is on, Through the first entity, all or part of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the RLC reordering timer is determined by the SN receiving the T RLC PDUs and the previous RLC PDU
  • the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the discontinuous RLC PDUs is triggered.
  • the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets
  • the part of the T data packets includes the sequence numbers of the data packets except the sequence number and the lower limit of the RLC receiving window. For data packets other than data packets, the T RLC PDUs are received within the RLC receiving window.
  • the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the translator.
  • Decoder for decoding processing without having to wait until the reordering timer expires or after receiving SN continuous RLC PDUs, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, so that the original data can be quickly restored, reducing Latency of data transmission.
  • the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, stopping the RLC reordering timer.
  • the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced.
  • the RLC reordering timer When stopping the RLC reordering timer problem.
  • the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data, sliding the RLC through the first entity Receive window lower limit.
  • the receiving device can perform network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it will slide the lower limit of the receiving window and stop the RLC reordering timer, thereby solving the problem of introducing the NC function.
  • the receiving device slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer
  • the method further includes: when the RLC reordering timer expires, through the The first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: among the T RLC PDUs, the data packets contained in the out-of-order RLC PDUs, received before the out-of-order RLC PDUs and have not yet been delivered Packets contained in all RLC PDUs to the decoder, wherein the RLC reordering timer is started by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU among the T RLC PDUs trigger, the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  • the RLC PDUs arriving out of order include the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs whose sequence
  • the first entity reorders the data contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T RLC PDUs.
  • packets, and/or, the data packets contained in all RLC PDUs received before the out-of-order RLC PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which facilitates the realization of data packets Sequential raw data obtained after network decoding operations.
  • a data processing method which is applied to a first entity, and the method includes: receiving T data packets, where the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the K data packets and N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the The redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N, and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; when the reordering timer is on, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, where , the start of the
  • the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the decoder Perform decoding processing without waiting until the reordering timer expires or after receiving consecutive PDUs from SN, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, thereby ensuring fast recovery of original data and reducing data transmission overhead delay.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window
  • the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the PDCP reordering timer is stopped.
  • the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the PDCP reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced.
  • stopping the PDCP reordering timer problem when stopping the PDCP reordering timer problem.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window
  • the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid.
  • the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window and stops the PDCP reordering timer, thereby solving the problem of introducing the NC function. In this case, when the receiving device slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window
  • the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the RLC reordering timer is stopped.
  • the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced.
  • the RLC reordering timer When stopping the RLC reordering timer problem.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window
  • the method further includes: when After recovering the M original data for the T data packets, slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
  • the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window and stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of introducing the NC function. In this case, how does the receiving device slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
  • a data processing method is provided, wherein the method is applied to a first entity, and the method includes: receiving T data packets, where the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K The K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) Redundant packets, the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, classification T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; when the reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: T In the PDU, the data packets contained in the PDUs that arrive out of order, and the data packets contained in all
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the first entity sends the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs, and /or, the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the out-of-order PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which is beneficial to realize the network decoding operation on the data packets The obtained sequential raw data.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, has a function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device described in the fourth aspect includes:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets;
  • the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N;
  • the transceiver unit is also used to submit the original data in the first delivery mode or the second delivery mode;
  • the first delivery method includes: submitting the one original data when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore one original data among the M original data;
  • the second delivery method includes: submitting the M original data when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover the M original data, where T is not less than N.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the delivery mode used by the communication device, and the delivery mode includes the first delivery mode method or this second delivery method.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to enable the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer
  • the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to close the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer is on, send some or all of the T data packets to The decoder performs decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by receiving the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs.
  • the PDU corresponds to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets includes data packets other than the data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
  • the T PDCP PDUs are received in the PDCP received in the window.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: stop the PDCP reordering timer after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding Processing: the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs among the T PDCP PDUs, the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder, where the PDCP The start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, and the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  • the out-of-order PDCP PDUs include the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number (s
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the RLC reordering timer is on, send all or part of the T data packets to The decoder performs decoding processing, wherein the opening of the RLC reordering timer is triggered by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that receive T RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU, and the T RLC PDUs Corresponding to the T data packets, the part in the T data packets includes data packets except the data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets of the lower limit of the RLC receive window, and the T RLC PDUs are in the RLC receive window Received within.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: stop the RLC reordering timer after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer
  • the transceiver unit is also configured to: when the RLC reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding Processing: the data packets contained in the RLC PDUs that arrive out of order among the T RLC PDUs, and the data packets contained in all RLC PDUs that are received before the RLC PDUs that arrive out of order and have not yet been delivered to the decoder.
  • the opening of the reordering timer is triggered by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU among the T RLC PDUs, and the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  • the RLC PDUs arriving out of order include the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is discontinuous with the previous RLC PDU.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, has a function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device described in the fifth aspect includes:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets;
  • the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N;
  • the reordering timer is on, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the reordering timer is started by the SN of the previous PDU among the T PDUs
  • the PDU with the largest SN among the discontinuous PDUs is
  • the communication device is a PDCP entity
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window
  • the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to stop the PDCP reordering timer after performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to restore the M original data.
  • the communication device is a PDCP entity
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window
  • the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the communication device is an RLC entity
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window
  • the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to stop the RLC reordering timer after performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
  • the communication device is an RLC entity
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window
  • the communication device further includes:
  • the processing unit slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, has a function of implementing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device described in the sixth aspect includes:
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets;
  • the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N;
  • the reordering timer expires, at least one of the following data packets will be sent to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packets contained in the PDUs that arrive out of sequence among the T PDUs, the data packets that are received before the PDUs that arrive out of sequence and have not yet
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device executes the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication device is a receiving end of wireless communication.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device executes the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor, and the processing
  • the processor processes the data and/or information
  • the communication interface is further configured to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface
  • the communication interface is used to receive (or input) data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor processor
  • the processor processes the data and/or information
  • the communication interface is further configured to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof A method is performed, or, a method is performed as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • a computer-readable storage medium wherein computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof method is executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions are run on a computer, as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof, A method is performed, or, a method is performed as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • a computer program product includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed implement.
  • a computer program product in a fourteenth aspect, includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed Execute, or, the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 shows a schematic flow chart of network coding.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another network coding process.
  • Fig. 5 shows a schematic diagram of random linear network coding.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of the receiving end moving the lower limit of the receiving window.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a processing procedure at a receiving end.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a processing procedure at a receiving end.
  • Fig. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of the processing procedure at the receiving end.
  • Fig. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the processing procedure at the receiving end.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, including but not limited to: the fifth generation (the 5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc.
  • the technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • a communication system applicable to this application may include one or more sending ends, and one or more receiving ends.
  • one of the sending end and the receiving end may be a terminal device, and the other may be a network device.
  • one is an end device and the other is another end device.
  • one is a network device and the other is another network device.
  • the terminal equipment may also be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), a remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and can be used to connect people, objects and machines, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and the like.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, Wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc.
  • UE can be used to act as a base station.
  • a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • the UE may also be a relay device providing wireless backhaul, for example: an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) node.
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or a device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the network device may be a device with a wireless transceiver function
  • the network device may be a device that provides wireless communication function services, usually located on the network side, including but not limited to a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G communication system , the base station in the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, etc.
  • the evolved node B in the LTE system evolved node B, eNB
  • radio network controller radio network controller
  • node B node B
  • base station controller base station controller
  • BSC home base station
  • BBU transmission reception point
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • TRP transmission point
  • TP base transceiver station
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a wireless access network (radio access network, including a CU node and a DU node, RAN) device, or control plane CU node and user plane CU node, and RAN device of DU node, or, the network device can also be a wireless controller and a relay station in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario , in-vehicle devices, and wearable devices.
  • cloud radio access network cloud radio access network, CRAN
  • the base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node, a host node, or a combination thereof.
  • the base station can also be a mobile switching center, a device that assumes the function of a base station in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network-side device in a 6G network, and a device that assumes the function of a base station in a future communication system.
  • the base station may support networks of the same or different access technologies, without limitation.
  • the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to a communication system of the present application.
  • This application can be applied to a variety of specific communication scenarios, for example, point-to-point transmission between a base station and a terminal device or between a terminal device (as shown in Figure 1 (a) between a base station and a terminal device), base station and Multi-hop (as shown in (b) and (c) in Figure 1) transmission of terminal equipment, dual connectivity (DC) between multiple base stations and terminal equipment (as shown in (d) in Figure 1) or multi-connection scenarios.
  • point-to-point transmission between a base station and a terminal device or between a terminal device as shown in Figure 1 (a) between a base station and a terminal device
  • base station and Multi-hop as shown in (b) and (c) in Figure 1
  • DC dual connectivity
  • FIG. 1 does not limit the network architecture applicable to this application, and this application does not limit transmissions such as uplink, downlink, access link, backhaul (backhaul) link, and sidelink (sidelink).
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • gNB includes a three-layer structure: layer one is the physical (PHY) layer, layer two is the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer and packet data
  • the convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol, PDCP
  • the third layer is the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer.
  • UE includes PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer.
  • UE and gNB have network coding (network coding, NC) function, for DL, gNB performs encoding function, UE performs decoding function; for UL, UE performs encoding function, gNB performs decoding function.
  • NC network coding
  • the UE can access the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU.
  • gNB-CU includes RRC layer and PDCP layer
  • gNB-DU includes RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer.
  • the NC function is located on the UE and the gNB-CU, for the DL, the gNB-CU performs the encoding function, and the UE performs the decoding function; for the UL, the UE performs the encoding function, and the gNB-CU performs the decoding function. More specifically, the NC function is deployed within or above the PDCP layer.
  • the NC function is located on UE and gNB-DU, for DL, gNB-DU performs encoding function, UE performs decoding function; for UL, UE performs encoding function, and gNB-DU performs decoding function. More specifically, the NC function is deployed within or below the RLC layer.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to the air interface multi-link scenario. That is, there is at least one IAB node between the gNB or gNB-DU (considering the CU-DU separation architecture) and the UE.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ):
  • the sending end After the sending end sends a transport block (TB) to the receiving end, the receiving end will perform a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on the TB. If the CRC check is successful, the receiving end will feed back acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) information to the sending end, otherwise it will feed back negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) information. After the sending end receives the ACK information fed back by the receiving end, it will trigger the transmission of new data, otherwise it will trigger the retransmission of the TB.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the sending end sends continuous RLC protocol data unit (RLC protocol data unit, RLC PDU) to the receiving end. PDU data volume) or according to the polling (polling) instruction sent by the sender, trigger the feedback of the RLC status report to the sender, so as to notify the sender of the receiving status of the RLC PDU at the receiver, so that the sender triggers the retransmission of the RLC PDU.
  • RLC protocol data unit RLC protocol data unit
  • NC Network coding
  • the above-mentioned feedback-based retransmission mechanism generally has a relatively long delay, including: air interface transmission delay, data processing delay at the receiving end, and feedback delay of ACK/NACK information, etc., resulting in low system spectrum efficiency.
  • a network coding technology may be used to perform a network coding operation on a data packet (packet), and the time delay and spectrum efficiency performance may be considered by transmitting the network coded packet.
  • the network coding function in this application includes performing network coding on the original data packet and adding a coded packet header.
  • the network coding can be realized by an encoder, the input of the encoder is N original data packets, and the output of the encoder is K encoded data packets (abbreviated as encoded packets), where N and K are both positive integers, and K is greater than N.
  • the coded package includes K-N (K minus N) redundant packages and N system packages, or, K redundant packages (that is, all coded packages are redundant packages, excluding system packages).
  • the content of the package body of the system package is consistent with the content of the original data package (that is, the system package is composed of the coded package header and the original data package).
  • the system packet can be obtained by an encoder, or by directly adding a packet header to the original data packet.
  • the encoding coefficient of the system packet is equivalent to a unit vector. Coding coefficients of redundant packets are non-unit vectors.
  • the receiving end can decode the redundant packet and the successfully received original data packet or system packet together to restore the original data packet that was not successfully received. data pack. Based on the characteristics of network coding, the packet size of the original data packet is equal.
  • the network coding function may also include processing an original data unit (such as a service data unit (service data unit, SDU) or a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU)) to obtain an equal-sized original data packet,
  • the processing may include one or more of segmentation, concatenation, or padding.
  • the network coding function of the sending end corresponds to the network decoding function of the receiving end.
  • the receiving end can recover N original data packets by decoding at least N coded packets successfully received together.
  • the protocol layer with the network coding function or the corresponding decoding function of the network coding is called the network coding/decoding layer.
  • the network coding/decoding layer is referred to as the network coding layer for short. is the network encoding layer.
  • the network coding layer can be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, backhaul adaptation Protocol (backhaul adaptation protocol, BAP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, or physical layer (physical layer, PHY) and other protocol layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • service data adaptation protocol service data adaptation protocol
  • SDAP packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • backhaul adaptation Protocol backhaul adaptation protocol
  • radio link control radio link control
  • media access control medium access control
  • MAC medium access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the network coding layer can also be a new protocol layer except the PHY layer, the MAC layer, the RLC layer, the BAP layer, the PDCP layer, the SDAP layer and the RRC layer, which can increase the network coding layer above the PDCP layer (for example: In 5G NR, a network coding layer is added between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer), or, a network coding layer is added above the BAP layer, or, a network coding layer is added between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or, at the RLC layer Add a network coding layer between the MAC layer and the MAC layer, or add a network coding layer between the MAC layer and the PHY layer.
  • the block code schemes include random linear network coding (RLNC), deterministic linear network coding (DLNC), Batch sparse code (BATS code), erasure code (erasure code), fountain code (fountain code), maximum distance separable code (maximum distance separable code, MDS code), ruby transform code (luby transform, LT ) code, fast tornado (rapid tornado) code, RaptorQ code, rateless (rateless) code and RS (Reed-solomon) code, etc.
  • the scheme of convolutional code includes convolutional network coding (convolutional network One or more of coding, CNC), streaming code (streaming code) and sliding window network coding (sliding window network coding), etc.
  • the first possible network coding process is the first possible network coding process:
  • the originator obtains the original data (PDU or SDU) first. Taking the original data as a PDU as an example, the originator performs one or more of the following processes on one or more PDUs to obtain an original data packet of equal size: segmentation, concatenation, or padding.
  • each original data packet carries a corresponding relationship
  • the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet.
  • Each original data packet may carry a corresponding relationship explicitly, for example, each original data packet carries a position mapping relationship between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet.
  • the corresponding relationship carried by each original data packet may also be carried implicitly. For example, the corresponding relationship between each original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet is default. In this way, the receiving end (referred to as the receiving end for short) can recover the PDU from the original data packet based on the correspondence.
  • the header of each original data packet carries the correspondence between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet.
  • a possible implementation method is: the originator first performs one or more of the following processes on the PDU to obtain the original data: segmentation, concatenation, or adding padding, and then adds a header to the original data to obtain the original data of the same size. data pack.
  • the above corresponding relationship may be indicated by the division and/or concatenation of the one or more PDUs.
  • Figure 3 and Figure 4 illustrate the first network coding process by taking PDUs with different sizes and carrying the above corresponding relationship through the packet header as examples.
  • the sender first processes PDU1 to PDU4 to obtain the original data (that is, data 1 to data 4), and the sender can process the PDUs by one or more of operations such as segmentation, concatenation, or padding. multiple.
  • the size of the original data can be equal or unequal.
  • the originating end adds a packet header to the group of original data to obtain N original data packets (that is, Pkt1-Pkt4).
  • the original data packet can be understood as an unencoded data packet, and the size of the original data packet is equal.
  • the originator then encodes multiple original data packets of equal size.
  • any one of the following three methods may be adopted for encoding multiple original data packets of equal size.
  • the sender can obtain K-N encoded packets (EPkt1 ⁇ EPkt2 shown in Figure 3) by encoding N original data packets and adding encoded packet headers.
  • the encoded packets here can be called verification packets or redundant packages.
  • the originator finally sends N original data packets and K-N redundant packets.
  • the originating end obtains K coded packets (ie, EPkt1 - EPkt6 shown in FIG. 4 ) by processing N original data packets.
  • the encoding package can be divided into a system package and a check package, the system package can also be called a system data package, and the check package can be called a redundant package.
  • the header of the encoded packet may include a coefficient factor field, and the coefficient factor field indicates the encoding coefficient for obtaining the encoded packet.
  • the system package (ie EPkt1 ⁇ EPkt4 shown in Figure 4) is composed of a coded packet header and a packet body. The content of the packet body is consistent with the content of the original data packet, and the coefficient factor field included in the packet header is a unit vector.
  • mode 2 and mode 3 lies in the process of processing the original data package to obtain the system package.
  • a system packet is generated by directly adding an encoded packet header to the original data packet, that is, without encoding processing.
  • the original data packet is encoded, that is, encoded by the coefficient factor of the unit vector, and a header of the encoded packet is added to generate a system packet.
  • the verification packets in mode 2 and mode 3 are generated in the same manner, both of which are generated by encoding the original data packet and adding the header of the encoded packet.
  • K-N verification packets i.e. EPkt5 ⁇ EPkt6
  • N original data packets i.e. Pkt1 ⁇ Pkt4
  • adding the header of the encoded packet is the result of multiplication and addition of N original data packets and coefficient factors, where the coefficient factors are non-unit vectors.
  • the originator finally sends K coded packets.
  • the receiving end receives at least N data packets, and the N data packets are linearly independent, that is, the rank of the corresponding coefficient matrix is equal to N.
  • the receiving end can recover N original data packets through decoding, and then recover corresponding PDUs.
  • the at least N data packets may all be redundant packets, or some may be original data packets and some may be redundant packets, which is not limited here. It can be understood that, if the receiving end receives N original data packets, decoding may not be performed.
  • the receiving end receives at least N data packets, and the N data packets are linearly independent, that is, the rank of the corresponding coefficient matrix is equal to N. In this way, the receiving end can recover N original data packets through decoding, and then recover corresponding PDUs. All of the at least N data packets may be redundant packets, or some of them may be system packets and some of them may be redundant packets, which is not limited herein. It can be understood that if the receiving end receives N system packets, then it is not necessary to perform decoding, but to perform de-encoding packet header processing.
  • the originator obtains equal-sized original data packets by performing one or more of the following processes on one or more original data: segmentation, concatenation, or adding padding.
  • each original data packet carries a corresponding relationship between the original data packet and one or more original data corresponding to the original data packet.
  • the originating end can use one or more of virtual segmentation, concatenation, or padding to obtain original data packets of equal size.
  • the originator first maps the original data and the header information of each original data to the cache, which can be a real cache or a virtual cache, and the header information of each original data indicates that each original data is mapped in location in the cache.
  • the originating end then obtains multiple equal-sized original data packets from the cache. Further, a plurality of equal-sized original data packets are encoded to obtain an encoded packet.
  • the method of obtaining multiple original data packets of the same size from the cache can be preset, or the sending end indicates to the receiving end, or the one in the control position of the two parties of data transmission determines and indicates to the other party.
  • the original data packet has no header, but considering the alignment with the description in the first method, the equal-sized data segment obtained from the cache in this solution is still called the original data packet. It can be understood that the original data packet in this solution may also be referred to as an original data segment.
  • the manner of encoding multiple equal-sized original data packets to obtain encoded packets is similar to the manner 1 in the first possible implementation process.
  • the difference from method 1 is that in this solution, after encoding multiple equal-sized original data packets, the sender sends one or more original data and the header information of the one or more original data, and the encoded One or more of the redundant packets; while in mode 1, the sender sends one or more encoded packets
  • the input of the network coding layer may be one or more original data units, such as original data
  • the output of the network coding layer may be one or more PDUs
  • the one or more PDUs may include the aforementioned original data package and redundant package, or, the aforementioned system package and redundant package.
  • outputting the one or more PDUs may be understood as outputting the one or more PDUs in the terminal device or in the network device to a module that subsequently processes the one or more PDUs through a communication interface.
  • the output mentioned in this application may refer to sending a signal on an air interface, or may refer to outputting a signal in a device (for example, a terminal device or a network device) to other modules in the device through a communication interface.
  • a device for example, a terminal device or a network device
  • the specific process is specifically described in the application scenario, and will not be repeated here.
  • the specific encoding operation is briefly described by taking RLNC as an example.
  • the RLNC scheme uses a coding block (block) as a coding unit, and a coding block includes multiple original data packets of the same size, and a set of coded packets can be obtained by constructing a coding coefficient matrix to encode the original data packets.
  • the coefficients in the coding coefficient matrix are randomly selected in a finite field, such as Galois field (Galois field, GF).
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of random linear network coding.
  • the size of the coding coefficient matrix (ie, G K ⁇ N shown in Figure 5) is K ⁇ N, that is, K rows and N columns, wherein, in this example, a row vector in the coding coefficient matrix is called a Coding coefficient vector, by performing network coding on a coding block (X N ⁇ 1 in Figure 5) containing N original data packets, to obtain K coded data (Y K ⁇ 1 in Figure 5), the corresponding code rate Expressed as N/K, or, the corresponding redundancy rate is expressed as (KN)/N.
  • the encoding coefficient matrix randomly selects coefficients in the GF(q) field, q represents the size of the Galois field, and the value of the Galois field is in the interval [0,q-1]. Both K and N are positive integers.
  • each coding block there is no correlation between each coding block, wherein, network coding is performed on a coding block containing N original data packets to obtain K coded data, that is, the coding operation is performed on each independent coding block.
  • the redundancy (code rate) of each coding block may be the same or different.
  • the encoder/transmitter adds header information to the N original data packets and the generated K encoded data before sending them.
  • the decoding end/receiving end When the decoding end/receiving end correctly receives at least N coded packets whose coding coefficient vectors are linearly independent, or when at least N coded packets are correctly received and the rank of the coding coefficient matrix corresponding to the received coded packets is N,
  • the N original data packets can be correctly decoded and recovered. This is because the coded data packet combines the information of several original data packets, so the receiving end can use the coded packet to restore the original data.
  • System package obtained by multiplying the original data package by the encoded data generated by the encoding coefficient of the unit vector and adding the header of the encoded packet, or directly adding the header of the encoded packet to the original data packet.
  • the original data packet is network-encoded using a coding coefficient matrix of size K ⁇ N (ie, G K ⁇ N in FIG. 5 ) to obtain K coded data.
  • the encoding coefficient matrix can be written as
  • the sub-matrix I N formed by the first N rows is a unit matrix, which is composed of N unit vectors.
  • the N coded data corresponding to the I N part is the data part of the N system packets, and the system packet is obtained by adding header information to the coded data.
  • Redundant packets generated by network coding the original data packets, and the coding coefficients of the redundant packets are non-unit vectors.
  • a coding coefficient matrix of size K ⁇ N that is, G K ⁇ N in Figure 5
  • KN coded data corresponding to A (KN) ⁇ N parts are data parts of KN redundant packets
  • header information is added to the KN coded data to obtain redundant packets.
  • the term "redundant package” may also be referred to as "check package” for short, and the two may be used interchangeably.
  • Network coding grouping a term related to grouping codes.
  • grouping codes a network coding grouping is a collection of multiple original data packets. For example, dividing every N original data packets into a network coding group and performing independent network coding can obtain coded data corresponding to the network coding group.
  • the term “network coding group” may also be referred to as “network coding block", "coding group”, or "coding block”.
  • the network coding layer refers to the protocol layer with network coding function.
  • the network coding layer can be RRC layer, SDAP layer, PDCP layer, BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, or PHY layer with network coding function.
  • One or more of the protocol layers is not limited in this application.
  • the network coding layer can also be a new protocol layer other than the above protocol layer, for example, the new protocol layer can be above the PDCP layer, above the BAP layer, between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, between the RLC layer and the MAC layer between layers, or between the MAC layer and the PHY layer, the position of the new protocol layer may not be limited in this application.
  • network coding layer may also be referred to as “codec layer”, “codec layer”, “network codec layer”, “network codec layer”, “network codec layer” , “network encoding/decoding layer” or other names are not limited in this application.
  • the decoding of network coding is the inverse process of network coding. Using the received coded data, the original data packet can be recovered by multiplying the inverse matrix of the corresponding matrix of the coded data with the coded data.
  • Protocol data unit A data unit passed between protocol entities.
  • the PDU contains information from the upper layer and additional information from the entity of the current layer. This PDU will be transmitted to the next lower layer.
  • Service data unit (service data unit, SDU): The data unit transmitted between the protocol layers is the data from the upper layer or the data to be transmitted to the upper layer.
  • the RLC layer includes a reordering function, so as to ensure that the RLC layer at the receiving end delivers data to the PDCP layer in order (that is, the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer must be in order). Therefore, under normal circumstances (except for switching scenarios), the PDCP layer does not need to enable the reordering function, and it can also ensure that the PDCP layer at the receiving end delivers data to its upper layer in order.
  • the RLC layer cancels the reordering function, and moves the reordering function up to the PDCP layer for implementation. That is to say, in the NR system, the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer may be out of order. The PDCP layer reorders the out-of-order data received from the RLC layer, and then submits the data to its upper layer in order.
  • the PDCP layer is composed of at least one PDCP entity, and one PDCP entity corresponds to one DRB.
  • a receiving PDCP entity it only receives PDUs within the receiving window. That is to say, if the receiving PDCP receives a PDU that is not within the receiving window, it will directly discard the PDU.
  • the PDCP entity at the receiving end performs window pushing based on a reordering timer (t-reordering) timeout mechanism.
  • t-reordering reordering timer
  • the present application provides a data transmission method in order to solve the problem of how the receiving end submits the decoded original data.
  • the method in each embodiment will be described below by taking the receiving device as an execution subject of the method in each embodiment as an example. However, this should not limit the execution subject of the method provided in this application.
  • the receiving device in the following embodiments may be replaced with components (such as chips or circuits, etc.) configured in the receiving device.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • the method may be used for communication.
  • the execution body of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a receiving device, or a functional module capable of executing a program in the receiving device.
  • the receiving device may be the above-mentioned terminal device, network device or IAB node.
  • data packets described in the following embodiments are the above-mentioned system packets, or the above-mentioned redundant packets, or the above-mentioned original data packets.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method 700 may include S710 and S720 , and each step in the method 700 will be described in detail below.
  • the receiving device receives T data packets through the first entity, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N
  • the original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship, or, K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N
  • the original data packet is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding.
  • T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
  • the N system packets correspond to the N original data packets one by one, that is, one system packet is obtained according to one original data packet , for example, a system packet is formed after adding an NC header to an original data packet.
  • the (K-N) redundant packets are obtained by performing network coding on the N original data packets.
  • system packages and redundant packages please refer to the description above. Exemplarily, reference may be made to FIG. 4 for a process of obtaining N system packages and (K-N) redundant packages according to M original data.
  • K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the coding relationship between K data packets and N original data packets is as follows: K data packets encode N original data packets dealt with. Wherein, the N system packets included in the K data packets are respectively generated by encoding the N original data packets with the coefficient factor of the unit vector and adding the coded packet header.
  • K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the coding relationship between K data packets and N original data packets is: (K-N) redundant packets included in K data packets
  • the remaining packets are obtained by encoding the N original data packets, and the N system packets included in the K data packets are generated by adding encoded packet headers to the N original data packets respectively. That is, the encoding relationship also includes adding an encoded packet header.
  • the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the (K-N) redundant packets are obtained by performing network coding on the N original data packets.
  • original data packets and redundant packets please refer to the description above.
  • FIG. 3 Exemplarily, reference may be made to FIG. 3 for a process of obtaining N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets according to M original data.
  • the original data may be SDU or PDU. That is, the original data can be SDAP SDU or SDAP PDU; or, the original data can be PDCP SDU or PDCP PDU; or, the original data can be RLC SDU or RLC PDU; or, the original data can be It can be a MAC SDU or a MAC PDU; or, in a relay transmission scenario, the original data can be a backhaul adaptation protocol (BAP) SDU or a BAP PDU.
  • BAP backhaul adaptation protocol
  • the receiving device submits the original data through the first entity in the first delivery manner or in the second submission manner.
  • the receiving device submits the original data to the upper layer of the first entity through the first entity in the first delivery manner or in the second submission manner.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the receiving device submits the original data to the SDAP layer through the PDCP entity in the first delivery manner or in the second delivery manner.
  • the receiving device submits the original data to the processing module after the NC module through the first entity in the first submission manner or in the second submission manner.
  • the first entity includes an NC module for implementing NC functions.
  • the network coding function is located in the PDCP layer, such as after the header compression function of the PDCP layer and before the security function, and is implemented by the NC module.
  • the first entity is the PDCP entity
  • the processing module after the NC module is The header decompression module
  • the receiving device submits the original data to the header decompression module in the PDCP entity through the PDCP entity, specifically, the NC module in the PDCP entity in the first delivery mode or the second submission mode.
  • the first delivery method includes: when performing a network decoding operation on T data packets to recover one original data among M original data, submitting the one original data through the first entity.
  • the second delivery method includes: when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover M original data, the first entity submits the M original data. It can be understood that when the network decoding operation on the received data packets can restore M original data, the number of data packets received by the receiving device is not less than the number of original data packets, that is, T is not less than N.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes one or more of the following: decoding header, decoding, aggregation (segmented reverse operation), split (cascade reverse operation), defill, and remove the original data packet header.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes decoding and decoding headers.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes removing headers of the original data packets.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes aggregation.
  • the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes splitting.
  • the sending device adds padding to the M original data to obtain N original data packets then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes de-filling.
  • the receiving device may cache T data packets until the received data packets After the M original data can be recovered, the network decoding operation is performed on the received data packet to recover the M original data.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the receiving device restores part of the M original data through the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets. It should also be understood that even if the receiving device restores some of the M original data from the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets, the receiving device will not submit any of the M original data through the first entity. part of the original data. It should also be understood that when recovering the M original data from the T data packets, the receiving device delivers the M original data sequentially through the first entity.
  • K data packets including N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets as an example.
  • this embodiment of the present application should not be construed as any limitation, and the embodiments described below are also applicable to the scheme in which K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets.
  • K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets
  • the sending device performs at least one of the following operations on the four original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 : concatenation, segmentation, padding, and generation Original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 of equal size.
  • the sending device then generates system packets Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 from the original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 .
  • the sending device generates a redundant packet Y 4 after performing network coding processing on the original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 .
  • the sending device sequentially sends data packets Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device submits the original data in a first delivery manner through the first entity.
  • the receiving device receives data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 1 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet.
  • the receiving device receives data packet Y 1
  • the receiving device receives data packets Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 2 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet.
  • the receiving device receives data packet Y 2
  • the receiving device receives data packet Y 3
  • the receiving device can restore an original data P 3 and an original data P 4 according to the two data packets. Since the receiving device has not submitted the original data P 3 and P 4 , the receiving device submits the original data P 3 and P 4 sequentially through the first entity.
  • the receiving device when the receiving device submits the original data according to the first delivery method, if the receiving device receives T data packets and cannot restore one original data according to the T data packets, the receiving device caches the T data packets , and continue to receive the next packet. For example, as shown in (b2) in FIG. 8 , after receiving the data packet Y 2 , the receiving device caches the data packet Y 2 if the original data cannot be recovered from the data packet Y 2 . Further, after receiving the data packet Y3 , the receiving device restores the original data P3 and P4 according to the data packets Y2 and Y3 , and then the receiving device submits the original data P3 and P4 through the first entity.
  • the receiving device may restore more than one original data by network decoding of the T data packets. For example, as shown in (b1) in Figure 8, after receiving the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4 , the receiving device performs network decoding on the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4 to recover 4 original data P 1 , P2 , P3 and P4 .
  • the receiving device submits the original data according to the first delivery method, no matter how many original data can be recovered through T data packets, as long as the complete original data can be recovered through T data packets (rather than recovering one original data part), the receiving device submits the recovered original data through the first entity.
  • the receiving device after receiving T data packets, once the receiving device can recover an original data from the received T data packets, or once it can perform network translation for some of the T data packets code to recover a set of original data, the receiving device submits the recovered original data through the first entity, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the original data recovered by network decoding.
  • the time delay requirement for transmitting data can also be guaranteed.
  • the receiving device submits the original data in a second delivery manner through the first entity.
  • the receiving device receives data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 1 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet.
  • the receiving device receives data packet Y 1
  • the receiving device can restore M original data according to the 3 data packets, then the receiving device performs network decoding on the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 to restore the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 , the first entity submits the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 in sequence.
  • the receiving device even if the receiving device can restore some of the M original data according to the received T data packets, the receiving device will not submit the original data through the first entity. For example, as shown in FIG. 9 , after the receiving device receives the data packet Y 1 , even if an original data P 1 can be recovered according to the data packet Y 1 , the receiving device will not submit the original data P 1 through the first entity. Instead, after the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 , the first entity submits the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 .
  • the receiving device after receiving T data packets, once the receiving device can recover M original data according to the received T data packets, it submits the M original data through the first entity, thereby solving the problem of receiving How the device submits the original data recovered by network decoding.
  • the submitted raw data is sequential, thereby simplifying the processing logic of the entity (or module) receiving the raw data.
  • the NC function is implemented by the SDAP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the SDAP SDU through the SDAP entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the SDAP entity to restore the SDAP SDU, it submits the SDAP SDU through the SDAP entity (that is, submits it to the Internet Protocol (internet protocol, IP) layer).
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the NC function can be realized by the SDAP layer, or by the NC layer, or by the PDCP layer, and the NC layer is located between the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the SDAP PDU through the SDAP entity/NC entity/PDCP entity to obtain K data packets.
  • the receiving device After the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the SDAP entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the SDAP entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the SDAP entity, For example, it is submitted to the SDAP header module to remove the header field of the SDAP PDU). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the PDCP entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer).
  • the NC function can be implemented by the PDCP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the PDCP SDU through the PDCP entity to obtain K data packets.
  • the receiving device after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the PDCP SDU, it submits the PDCP SDU through the PDCP entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer, or submits it to the PDCP entity in the PDCP entity)
  • the processing module after the NC module for example: submitting to the header decompression module).
  • the NC function may be implemented by the PDCP layer, or by the NC layer, or by the RLC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the PDCP PDU through the PDCP entity/NC entity/RLC entity to obtain K data packets.
  • the receiving device After the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the PDCP entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the PDCP entity, For example, it is submitted to the PDCP header removal module to remove the header field of the PDCP PDU). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the RLC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer).
  • the NC function is implemented by the RLC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the RLC SDU through the RLC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to obtain the RLC SDU, it submits the RLC SDU through the RLC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer).
  • the NC function can be realized by the RLC layer, or by the NC layer, or by the MAC layer, and the NC layer is located between the RLC layer and the MAC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the RLC PDU through the RLC entity/NC entity/MAC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the RLC entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the RLC entity, For example, it is submitted to the RLC header module to remove the header field of the RLC PDU).
  • the receiving device after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the MAC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer).
  • the NC function is implemented by the MAC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the MAC SDU through the MAC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the MAC SDU, it submits the MAC SDU through the MAC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer).
  • the NC function can be realized by the MAC layer, or by the NC layer, or by the PHY layer, and the NC layer is located between the MAC layer and the PHY layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the MAC PDU through the MAC entity/NC entity/PHY entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the MAC entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the MAC entity, For example, submitted to the HARQ processing module).
  • the receiving device after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the NC entity (ie, submits it to the MAC layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PHY entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the PHY entity (that is, submits it to the MAC layer).
  • the network decoding in the NC function can be implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP and the SDAP layer.
  • the network decoding operation in the NC function can also be implemented by the PDCP layer.
  • the network decoding operation in the NC function can also be implemented by the RLC layer.
  • the method 700 further includes: the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
  • the PDCP entity can directly recover the out-of-order PDCP PDUs from the PDCP SDU and submit them to the upper layer for processing without waiting until After the PDCP reordering timer expires, the received PDCP PDUs are restored to PDCP SDUs in order, and the restored PDCP SDUs are submitted upwards.
  • the PDCP SDU is one data packet in the K data packets, or the PDCP SDU contains one data packet.
  • the PDCP entity receives PDCP PDU#2 from the lower layer
  • the PDCP SDU corresponding to PDCP PDU#2 contains data packet #2 in the K data packets, but the PDCP entity does not receive PDCP PDU#1, PDCP PDU#1
  • the corresponding PDCP SDU contains data packet #1 among the K data packets
  • the PDCP entity can directly submit data packet #2 to the upper layer after recovering the PDCP SDU, without having to wait until receiving PDCP PDU#1 and recovering the PDCP PDU
  • #1 and PDCP PDU#2 respectively correspond to PDCP SDUs, then data packet #1 and data packet #2 are delivered to the upper layer in sequence.
  • the receiving device can recover all the original data. Therefore, when the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity, it does not affect the decoding process of the SDAP entity or the NC entity, but can guarantee the delay requirement of data transmission.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the method 700 further includes: the receiving device disables the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
  • the receiving device sets the reordering timer of the PDCP entity to 0. That is to say, if the PDCP entity receives PDCP PDUs that arrive out of order from the lower layer (such as the RLC layer), the PDCP entity can directly send the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs to the decoder for decoding processing.
  • the PDCP entity can directly Send data packet #2 to the decoder for decoding processing, instead of waiting for receiving PDCP PDU#1, and then submit data packet #1 and data packet #2 to the decoder in sequence for decoding processing.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer
  • the RLC acknowledgment mode AM
  • the RLC entity of the receiving device slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
  • the following describes the problem of when the PDCP entity and/or RLC entity of the receiving device slides the lower limit of the receiving window when the NC function is introduced with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method 1000 may include S1010 and S1020 , and each step in the method 1000 will be described in detail below.
  • the first entity receives T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets It is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding.
  • T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
  • the T data packets received by the first entity are included in the PDU. That is to say, the first entity receives T PDUs, and the T PDUs correspond to T data packets, that is, each PDU contains a data packet (for example, each data packet generates a PDU after header processing).
  • the first entity when the reordering timer is on, the first entity sends part or all of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing.
  • the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the T PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU.
  • PDU3 and PDU5 are respectively the same as the previous PDU
  • the SNs are discontinuous (the SNs of PDU3 and PDU1 are discontinuous, and the SNs of PDU5 and PDU3 are discontinuous). Since the SN of PDU5 is larger than that of PDU3, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by PDU5.
  • Part of the T data packets includes data packets other than data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets at the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that when the reordering timer is on, if the first entity sends part of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing, the first entity sends the T data packets before the reordering timer is on. The data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet at the lower limit of the receiving window are sent to the decoder for decoding processing. It should be noted that since the T data packets correspond to the T PDUs one-to-one, it can be considered that the sequence number of each data packet in the T data packets is the SN of the corresponding PDU. T PDUs are received within the receive window.
  • the sequence number of the packet receiving the lower limit of the window is 1.
  • the reordering timing The decoder is triggered by PDU5.
  • the reordering timer is on, the first entity can submit the data packets contained in PDU1, PDU2, PDU5, and PDU6 to the decoder for decoding. code processing.
  • the first entity submits the data packets contained in PDU1 and the data packets contained in PDU2 to the decoder for decoding processing, and when the reordering timer is on, the first entity sends the data packets contained in PDU5
  • the data packet and the data packet contained in PDU6 are submitted to the decoder for decoding processing
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the T PDUs are T PDCP PDUs
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the T PDUs are T RLC PDUs
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window.
  • the first entity will send some or all of the T data packets to the decoder for processing. That is to say, in S1020, the first entity does not pay attention to whether the SN of the received PDU is continuous with the SN of the previous PDU, as long as the first entity receives a PDU from the lower layer, it can The data packet is sent to the decoder for processing. It should be understood that the first entity will only send data packets contained in PDUs received within the receiving window to the decoder for processing, but will not send data packets contained in PDUs received outside the receiving window to the decoder to process.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the T PDUs are PDCP DPUs
  • the interface window is a PDCP interface window for example.
  • PDCP PDUs with SNs 0, 1, 2, and 3 are obtained.
  • the PDCP PDU with SN 0 and the PDCP PDU with SN 1 contain system packets
  • the PDCP PDU with SN 2 and PDCP PDU with SN 3 contain redundant packets.
  • PDCP PDUs with SN 0 and PDCP PDUs with SN 1 contain the original data packets
  • PDCP PDUs with SN 2 and PDCP PDUs with SN 3 contain redundant packets.
  • the receiving PDCP entity sends the system packet or original data packet contained in the PDCP PDU with an SN of 0 to to the decoder for processing.
  • the receiving PDCP entity When the receiving PDCP entity receives the PDCP PDU with SN 2, it finds that the sequence numbers of the PDCP PDU with SN 2 and the PDCP PDU with SN 0 are not consecutive, that is, the PDCP PDU with SN 2 arrives out of order, so the PDCP retry is enabled. Sort the timer, and continue to send the redundant packets contained in the PDCP PDU with SN 2 to the decoder for decoding processing. After the receiving PDCP entity receives the PDCP PDU with SN of 2, even if the PDCP reordering timer is already on, the receiving PDCP entity still sends the redundant packets contained in the PDCP PDU with SN of 2 to the decoder for processing.
  • the method 1000 further includes: after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore M original data, the first entity stops/restarts the reordering timer.
  • the method 1000 further includes: after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover M original data, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that the above T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
  • the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to the sequence number of the first PDU that has not yet been delivered to the decoder.
  • the first entity When the first entity receives PDU0, PDU2, and PDU3, the first entity sends the data packets contained in PDU0, the data contained in PDU2, and the data packets contained in PDU3 to the decoder for processing, and according to the data packets contained in PDU0, PDU2 SDU1, SDU2 and SDU3 are recovered from the data contained in PDU3 and the packet contained in PDU3. Since the SNs of PDU2 and PDU0 received are not continuous, PDU2 triggers the start of the reordering timer.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the T PDUs are PDCP DPUs
  • the interface window is a PDCP interface window for example.
  • the receiving PDCP entity sends the data packets contained in the PDCP PDUs with SNs of 0, 2, and 3 to the decoder for decoding processing, the PDCP packets with sequence numbers of 1, 2, and 3 can be restored. SDUs. Further, the receiving PDCP entity instructs the restart/stop of the PDCP reordering timer, and the receiving PDCP entity slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window. That is to say, even if the receiving PDCP entity does not receive the PDCP PDU with the SN of 1, the receiving PDCP entity decodes and restores the PDCP SDU1 according to the data packets contained in the received PDCP PDUs with the SNs of 0, 2, and 3 respectively.
  • the receiving PDCP entity stops/restarts the PDCP reordering timer, and slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window to move forward.
  • the restart of the reordering timer means that the reordering timer is bound with the next PDU that satisfies the condition of starting the reordering timer, and is in the enabled state.
  • the original data may be submitted through the first delivery method or the second delivery method in the method 700.
  • the first entity restores an original data according to the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets
  • it may submit the restored original data through the first delivery method in method 700; or, the first entity according to After performing network decoding on the T data packets to restore M original data
  • the original data may be submitted through the second delivery method in method 700 .
  • the first entity can decode and recover M original data from the network decoding of the received T data packets, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window, thus solving the problem of the first entity when the NC function is introduced.
  • the first entity does not pay attention to whether the received PDUs are continuous.
  • the first entity will receive All or part of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, without waiting for the reordering timer to expire or after receiving PDUs with continuous sequence numbers, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing , so that the original data can be restored quickly and the delay of data transmission can be reduced.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method 1200 may include S1210 and S1220 , and each step in the method 1200 will be described in detail below.
  • the first entity receives T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets It is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding.
  • T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
  • the data packet received by the first entity is included in the PDU. That is to say, the first entity receives T PDUs, and the T PDUs correspond to T data packets, that is, each PDU includes a data packet (for example, each data packet generates a PDU after adding a header).
  • the first entity only when the reordering timer expires, the first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing:
  • the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the T PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU.
  • PDU3 and PDU5 are respectively the same as the previous PDU
  • the SNs are discontinuous (the SNs of PDU3 and PDU1 are discontinuous, and the SNs of PDU5 and PDU3 are discontinuous). Since the SN of PDU5 is larger than that of PDU3, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by PDU5.
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the T PDUs are T PDCP PDUs
  • the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer.
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the T PDUs are RLC PDUs
  • the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer.
  • the first entity Since the reordering timer has been started, the first entity will not send the data packets contained in PDU3, PDU5, and PDU6 arriving out of order to the decoder for processing. Only when the reordering timer expires, the first entity will The data packets contained in PDU3, PDU5 and PDU6 will be sent to the decoder for processing.
  • the method 1200 further includes: after the reordering timer expires, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that the above T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
  • the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to the sequence number of the first PDU that has not yet been delivered to the decoder.
  • the first entity receives PDU1, PDU3 and PDU4
  • the first entity sends the data packet contained in PDU1 to the decoder for processing, and after the reordering timer expires, the data packet contained in PDU3 and the data contained in PDU4 The packets are sent to the decoder for processing.
  • the data packet, the data packet contained in PDU5 and the data packet contained in PDU6 are submitted to the decoder for decoding processing, and the lower limit of the receiving window is slid to 8 (that is, the sequence number of PDU8 not submitted to the decoder).
  • the first entity is a PDCP entity
  • the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window
  • the first entity is an RLC entity
  • the receiving window is an RLC receiving window
  • the original data may be submitted through the first delivery method or the second delivery method in the method 700 .
  • the first entity restores an original data according to the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets
  • it may submit the restored original data through the first delivery method in method 700; or, the first entity according to After performing network decoding on the T data packets to restore M original data
  • the original data may be submitted through the second delivery method in method 700 .
  • the first entity if there are out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs received by the first entity, the first entity will include the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs after the reordering timer expires.
  • the data packets, and at least one of the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the out-of-order PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which is conducive to the realization of Sequenced original data is obtained after network decoding of the data packets.
  • changes to the existing method of sliding the lower limit of the receiving window by timeout of the reordering timer are avoided.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • a communication device 1400 includes a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is configured to receive T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship ;
  • the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N ;
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is further configured to submit original data in a first delivery mode or a second delivery mode;
  • the first delivery mode includes: performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover one of the M original data
  • the second delivery method includes: when performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover the M original data, submit the original data through the first entity M raw data.
  • the transceiving unit 1410 is further configured to receive first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used for a delivery mode used by the terminal device, and the delivery mode includes The first delivery method or the second delivery method.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the processing unit 1420 is configured to enable the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity .
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the processing unit 1420 is configured to disable the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer is on, obtain all the parts of the T data packets and send them to To the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by receiving the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs.
  • a PDCP PDU corresponds to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets includes data packets other than the data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
  • the T PDCP PDUs are in the Received within the PDCP receive window.
  • the processing unit 1420 is further configured to stop the PDCP reordering timer.
  • the processing unit 1420 is further configured to slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
  • the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for Decoding processing: among the T PDCP PDUs, the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs, and the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder, among which , the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, and the T PDCP PDUs and the T data packets correspond.
  • the processing unit 1420 is configured to perform processing and/or operations implemented internally by the sending end except for the sending and receiving actions.
  • the transceiver unit 1410 is configured to perform receiving and/or sending actions.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 1500 includes: one or more processors 1510 , one or more memories 1520 and one or more communication interfaces 1530 .
  • the processor 1510 is used to control the communication interface 1530 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 1520 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 1510 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 1520, so that the communication device 1500 executes the method described in each method embodiment of the present application. Processing and/or operations performed by the sender.
  • the processor 1510 may have the functions of the processing unit 1420 shown in FIG. 14
  • the communication interface 1530 may have the functions of the transceiver unit 1410 shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the communication apparatus 1500 may be the receiving device in the method embodiment.
  • communication interface 1530 may be a transceiver.
  • Transceivers may include receivers and/or transmitters.
  • the processor 1510 may be a baseband device, and the communication interface 1530 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the communication apparatus 1500 may be a chip (or chip system) installed in a receiving device.
  • the communication interface 1530 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
  • the dotted box behind the device indicates that there may be more than one device.
  • the memory and the processor in the foregoing apparatus embodiments may be physically independent units, or the memory and the processor may also be integrated together, which is not limited herein.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the receiving device in each method embodiment of the present application are and/or processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the first entity in each method embodiment of the present application and /or processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the receiving device in each method embodiment of the present application and/or or processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the first entity in each method embodiment of the present application and/or Processing is performed.
  • the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, the memory for storing the computer program is set independently of the chip, the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the sending end of the chip is installed Execute the operations and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment.
  • the chip may further include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may further include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory for storing computer programs is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used for executing the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the receiving end installed with the chip executes any Operations and/or processing performed by a first entity in a method embodiment.
  • the chip may further include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may further include the memory.
  • processors there may be one or more processors, one or more memories, and one or more memories.
  • the present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and will receive The received data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or processed by the processor or information, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment is performed.
  • a communication device for example, it may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and will receive The received data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or processed by the processor or information, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment
  • the present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and the received The data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or information processed by the processor , so that the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment is performed.
  • a communication device for example, it may be a chip or a chip system
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the at least one memory,
  • the communication apparatus is made to perform the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that the The communication device executes the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory.
  • a transceiver may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product may comprise one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (unit) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c; a and b; a and c; b and c; or a and b and c.
  • a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a method for transmitting data and a communication apparatus. According to the method, when a receiving device receives T data packets by means of a first entity, once the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore one piece of M pieces of original data, or once the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M pieces of original data, the receiving device submits the restored original data by means of the first entity. Thus, the problem of how the receiving device submits the restored original data is solved. The present application can be applied to extended reality (XR) services, or other services that require high delay.

Description

传输数据的方法及通信装置Data transmission method and communication device
本申请要求于2021年08月13日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202110932673.0、申请名称为“传输数据的方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on August 13, 2021, with the application number 202110932673.0 and the application title "Method and communication device for transmitting data", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种传输数据的方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication, and more specifically, to a data transmission method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中,无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层包括重排序功能,从而可以保证接收端RLC层向分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层按序递交数据。In the long term evolution (LTE) system, the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer includes a reordering function, thereby ensuring Layers deliver data sequentially.
不同于LTE系统,新无线(new radio,NR)系统或第五代(the 5th generation,5G)系统中,RLC层取消了重排序功能,而将重排序功能上移到PDCP层来实现。也就是说,若PDCP层从RLC层接收到的数据是乱序的,PDCP层支持对乱序的数据进行重排序之后,再按序将数据向其上层递交。Unlike the LTE system, in the new radio (NR) system or the 5th generation (5G) system, the RLC layer cancels the reordering function, and moves the reordering function up to the PDCP layer for implementation. That is to say, if the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer is out of order, the PDCP layer supports reordering the out-of-order data, and then submits the data to its upper layer in order.
然而,上述方案都没有考虑引入网络编码(network coding,NC)功能之后对接收端的影响,例如:接收端该如何进行数据递交,或,接收端该如何推动接收窗口等。However, none of the above solutions considered the impact on the receiving end after the introduction of the network coding (NC) function, for example: how the receiving end performs data submission, or how the receiving end pushes the receiving window, etc.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种传输数据的方法,以期解决接收端如何递交译码后的原始数据的问题。The present application provides a data transmission method in order to solve the problem of how the receiving end submits the decoded original data.
第一方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法应用于接收设备,该方法包括:通过第一实体接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;通过该第一实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据;该第一递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据中的一个原始数据时,通过该第一实体递交该一个原始数据;该第二递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据时,通过该第一实体递交该M个原始数据,其中,T不小于N。In the first aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, the method is applied to a receiving device, and the method includes: receiving T data packets through a first entity, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K The data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy a coding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets. The remaining packets, the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation Or add padding, T, K, N, and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; the original data is submitted by the first entity in the first submission method or the second submission method; the first submission method includes: when When performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover one of the M original data, submit the original data through the first entity; the second delivery method includes: when the T data packets When the network decoding operation is performed to recover the M original data, the first entity submits the M original data, where T is not less than N.
基于上述技术方案,若接收设备通过第一实体以第一递交方式递交原始数据,则接收设备在接收到T个数据包之后,一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出一个原始数据,则接收设备就通过第一实体递交恢复出的原始数据,从而解决了接收设备如何 递交恢复出的原始数据的问题。此外,在接收设备采用第一递交方式递交原始数据的情况下,由于接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出一个原始数据,就递交恢复出的原始数据包,因此可保障传输数据包的时延要求。这种方式中,T可以小于N。Based on the above technical solution, if the receiving device submits the original data in the first delivery mode through the first entity, after receiving the T data packets, the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets to recover a original data, the receiving device submits the restored original data through the first entity, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the restored original data. In addition, when the receiving device uses the first delivery method to submit the original data, since the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to recover one original data, it will submit the recovered original data packets, so It can guarantee the delay requirement of transmitting data packets. In this way, T can be smaller than N.
若接收设备以第二递交方式递交原始数据,则接收设备在接收到T个数据包之后,一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,则接收设备就通过第一实体递交恢复出的M个原始数据,从而解决了接收设备如何递交恢复出的原始数据的问题。此外,在接收设备采用第二递交方式递交原始数据的情况下,由于接收设备对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据之后,递交该M个原始数据,因此接收设备可以通过第一实体对该M个原始数据排序之后递交,因此可保障递交的原始数据是按序的。If the receiving device submits the original data in the second delivery mode, after receiving the T data packets, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to restore M original data, the receiving device passes The first entity submits the restored M pieces of original data, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the restored original data. In addition, when the receiving device uses the second delivery method to submit the original data, since the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets to restore the M original data, it submits the M original data, so the receiving The device may sort the M pieces of original data through the first entity and then submit them, so that the submitted original data can be guaranteed to be in order.
需要说明的是,在K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)冗余包的情况下,上述K个数据包与N个原数据包满足的编码关系为:K个数据包是对N个原数据包进行编码处理得到的。其中,K个数据包包括的N个系统包分别是N个原数据包经过单位向量的系数因子编码并添加编码包包头生成的。或者,在K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)冗余包的情况下,上述K个数据包与N个原数据包满足的编码关系为:K个数据包包括的(K-N)个冗余包是对N个原数据包进行编码处理得到的,且K个数据包包括的N个系统包是分别对N个原数据包添加编码包包头生成的。也即,编码关系也包括添加编码包包头。It should be noted that, in the case where K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the coding relationship between the above K data packets and N original data packets is as follows: K data packets are pairs of N It is obtained by encoding the original data packets. Wherein, the N system packets included in the K data packets are respectively generated by encoding the N original data packets with the coefficient factor of the unit vector and adding the coded packet header. Or, in the case where K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the encoding relationship satisfied by the above K data packets and N original data packets is: (K-N) The redundant packets are obtained by encoding the N original data packets, and the N system packets included in the K data packets are generated by adding encoded packet headers to the N original data packets respectively. That is, the encoding relationship also includes adding an encoded packet header.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接收设备是终端设备,该方法还包括:接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备使用的递交方式,该递交方式包括该第一递交方式或该第二递交方式。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the receiving device is a terminal device, and the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal The delivery method used by the device, the delivery method includes the first delivery method or the second delivery method.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备根据接收到的第一指示信息,可以确定递交恢复出的原始数据的递交方式。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device may determine a delivery mode for delivering the recovered original data according to the received first indication information.
需要说明的是,在上述第一递交方式或第二递交方式中,接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括以下一项或多项:去编码头、译码、汇聚(分割的逆向操作)、拆分(级联的逆向操作)、去填充、去原数据包包头。例如,T个数据包中包括冗余包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括译码和去编码头。又例如,T个数据包中包括系统包或原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括去原数据包包头。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行分割得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括汇聚。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行级联得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括拆分。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行加填充得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括去填充。It should be noted that, in the above-mentioned first delivery method or second delivery method, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes one or more of the following: decoding header, decoding, aggregation (segmented reverse operation), split (cascade reverse operation), defill, and remove the original data packet header. For example, if the T data packets include redundant packets, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes decoding and decoding headers. For another example, if the T data packets include system packets or original data packets, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes removing headers of the original data packets. For another example, if the sending device divides M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes aggregation. For another example, if the sending device concatenates M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes splitting. For another example, if the sending device adds padding to the M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes de-filling.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述网络译码操作由业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层或网络编码(network coding,NC)层实现,该NC层位于PDCP层和该SDAP层之间,该方法还包括:开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network decoding operation is implemented by a service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer or a network coding (network coding, NC) layer, the The NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the method further includes: enabling the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
基于网络编码的特点,即使PDCP实体向SDAP实体或NC实体递交的数据包是不连 续的,SDAP实体或NC实体也可以对接收到的数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出全部原始数据。因此基于上述技术方案,在接收设备开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能的情况下,并不影响SDAP实体或NC实体的译码流程,反而可以保证数据传输的时延要求。Based on the characteristics of network coding, even if the data packets submitted by the PDCP entity to the SDAP entity or NC entity are discontinuous, the SDAP entity or NC entity can perform network decoding operations on the received data packets to recover all the original data. Therefore, based on the above technical solution, when the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity, it does not affect the decoding process of the SDAP entity or the NC entity, but can guarantee the delay requirement of data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该方法还包括:关闭PDCP实体的重排序功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further includes: disabling the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
基于上述技术方案,在关闭PDCP重排序功能的情况下,接收设备将不需要考虑如何推动接收窗口下限的问题,从而简化了接收设备的处理逻辑。Based on the above technical solution, when the PDCP reordering function is turned off, the receiving device does not need to consider how to push the lower limit of the receiving window, thus simplifying the processing logic of the receiving device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是PDCP实体,且所述网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该方法还包括:当PDCP重排序定时器处于开启状态,通过该第一实体将该T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由接收到T个PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)中与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与PDCP接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个PDCP PDU在该PDCP接收窗口内收到。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further includes: when the PDCP reordering timer is on , through the first entity, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is determined by receiving T PDCP protocol data units (protocol data unit , PDU) and the sequence number (sequence number, SN) of the previous PDCP PDU in the PDCP PDU that is discontinuous in the PDCP PDU with the largest SN triggers, the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and the T data packets The part of includes data packets other than data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window, and the T PDCP PDUs are received within the PDCP receiving window.
其中,上述T个数据包中的部分也可以包括与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU包含的数据包,以及在与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU到达之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包。由于,PDCP重排序定时器开启前,序号与PDCP接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包可以送到译码器,所以本段描述的T个数据包中的部分和上一段中的T个数据包中的部分所包括的数据包是相同的。Wherein, part of the above T data packets may also include the data packet contained in the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is discontinuous with the previous PDCP PDU, and the Among the PDCP PDUs with discontinuous sequence numbers (sequence number, SN), the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the arrival of the PDCP PDU with the largest SN and not yet delivered to the decoder. Since, before the PDCP reordering timer is started, the data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window can be sent to the decoder, so the part of the T data packets described in this paragraph is the same as the one in the previous paragraph Some of the T data packets include the same data packets.
基于上述技术方案,即使接收设备接收到的T个PDCP PDU包括SN不连续的PDCP PDU,在重排序定时开启的状态下,接收设备也会将接收到T个数据包的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,而不必等到重排序定时器超时或接收到SN连续的PDCP PDU之后,再将接收到的数据包送到译码器进行处理,从而可以保证快速恢复原始数据,减小数据传输的时延。Based on the above technical solution, even if the T PDCP PDUs received by the receiving device include PDCP PDUs with discontinuous SNs, the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the translator when the reordering timing is enabled. Decoder for decoding processing, without having to wait until the reordering timer expires or after receiving SN continuous PDCP PDUs, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, so that the original data can be quickly restored, reducing Latency of data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,通过该第一实体停止该PDCP重排序定时器。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, stopping the PDCP reordering timer.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就停止PDCP重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时停止PDCP重排序定时器的问题。PDCP重排序定时器的停止的同时滑动PDCP接收窗口下限,因而也就解决了何时滑动PDCP接收窗口下限的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the PDCP reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced. When stopping the PDCP reordering timer problem. The lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid while the PDCP reordering timer is stopped, thus solving the problem of when to slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,通过该第一实体滑动该PDCP接收窗口下限。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data, sliding the The lower limit of the PDCP receive window.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就滑动接收窗口下限,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时 滑动PDCP接收窗口下限的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window, thereby solving the problem of when the receiving device slides when the NC function is introduced. The problem of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是PDCP实体,且该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该方法还包括:当PDCP重排序定时器超时,通过该第一实体将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDCP PDU中乱序到达的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDCP PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDCP PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由该T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中的SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应。其中,乱序到达的PDCP PDU包括与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further includes: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, through the The first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packet contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, received before the out-of-order PDCP PDU and has not yet been delivered Data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs to the decoder, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is determined by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs Triggered, the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets. Among them, the out-of-order PDCP PDUs include the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is not continuous with the previous PDCP PDU.
基于上述技术方案,若接收到的T个PDCP PDU中存在乱序到达的PDCP PDU,则第一实体在重排序定时器超时之后,再将T个PDCP PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包,和/或,在乱序到达的PDCP PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDCP PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理,从而有利于实现对数据包进行网络译码操作之后得到的按序的原始数据。Based on the above technical solution, if there are out-of-sequence PDCP PDUs among the received T PDCP PDUs, the first entity, after the reordering timer expires, reorders the data contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDCP PDUs. packets, and/or, the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which facilitates the realization of data packets Sequential raw data obtained after network decoding operations.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是RLC实体,且该网络译码操作由RLC层实现,该方法还包括:当RLC重排序定时器处于开启状态,通过该第一实体将该T个数据包中的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该RLC重排序定时器的开启由接收到T个RLC PDU与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中SN最大的RLC PDU触发,该T个RLC PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与RLC接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个RLC PDU在该RLC接收窗口内收到。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first entity is an RLC entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer, and the method further includes: when the RLC reordering timer is on, Through the first entity, all or part of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the RLC reordering timer is determined by the SN receiving the T RLC PDUs and the previous RLC PDU The RLC PDU with the largest SN among the discontinuous RLC PDUs is triggered. The T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets includes the sequence numbers of the data packets except the sequence number and the lower limit of the RLC receiving window. For data packets other than data packets, the T RLC PDUs are received within the RLC receiving window.
基于上述技术方案,即使接收设备接收到的T个RLC PDU包括SN不连续的RLC PDU,在重排序定时开启的状态下,接收设备也会将接收到T个数据包的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,而不必等到重排序定时器超时或接收到SN连续的RLC PDU之后,再将接收到的数据包送到译码器进行处理,从而可以保证快速恢复原始数据,减小数据传输的时延。Based on the above technical solution, even if the T RLC PDUs received by the receiving device include RLC PDUs with discontinuous SNs, when the reordering timing is enabled, the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the translator. Decoder for decoding processing, without having to wait until the reordering timer expires or after receiving SN continuous RLC PDUs, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, so that the original data can be quickly restored, reducing Latency of data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,通过该第一实体停止该RLC重排序定时器。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, stopping the RLC reordering timer.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就停止RLC重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时停止RLC重排序定时器的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced. When stopping the RLC reordering timer problem.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,通过该第一实体滑动RLC接收窗口下限。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data, sliding the RLC through the first entity Receive window lower limit.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦可以对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就滑动接收窗口下限,以及停止RLC重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时滑动RLC接收窗口下限的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device can perform network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it will slide the lower limit of the receiving window and stop the RLC reordering timer, thereby solving the problem of introducing the NC function. When the receiving device slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是RLC实体,且该网络译码操作由RLC层实现,该方法还包括:当RLC重排序定时器超时,通过该第一实体将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个RLC PDU中乱序到达的RLC PDU 中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的RLC PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有RLC PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该RLC重排序定时器的开启由该T个RLC PDU中与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中的SN最大的RLC PDU触发,该T个RLC PDU与该T个数据包对应。其中,乱序到达的RLC PDU包括与前一个RLC PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的RLC PDU中SN最大的RLC PDU。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first entity is an RLC entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer, and the method further includes: when the RLC reordering timer expires, through the The first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: among the T RLC PDUs, the data packets contained in the out-of-order RLC PDUs, received before the out-of-order RLC PDUs and have not yet been delivered Packets contained in all RLC PDUs to the decoder, wherein the RLC reordering timer is started by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU among the T RLC PDUs trigger, the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets. Wherein, the RLC PDUs arriving out of order include the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is discontinuous with the previous RLC PDU.
基于上述技术方案,若接收到的T个RLC PDU中存在乱序到达的RLC PDU,则第一实体在重排序定时器超时之后,再将T个RLC PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包,和/或,在乱序到达的RLC PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有RLC PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理,从而有利于实现对数据包进行网络译码操作之后得到的按序的原始数据。Based on the above technical solution, if there are out-of-order RLC PDUs among the received T RLC PDUs, after the reordering timer expires, the first entity reorders the data contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T RLC PDUs. packets, and/or, the data packets contained in all RLC PDUs received before the out-of-order RLC PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which facilitates the realization of data packets Sequential raw data obtained after network decoding operations.
第二方面,提供了一种数据处理方法,该方法应用于第一实体,该方法包括:接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;当重排序定时器处于开启状态,将该T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该重排序定时器的开启由T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU触发,该T个PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个PDU在该接收窗口内收到。In a second aspect, a data processing method is provided, which is applied to a first entity, and the method includes: receiving T data packets, where the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the K data packets and N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the The redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N, and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; when the reordering timer is on, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, where , the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU among the T PDUs. The T PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets The T PDUs are received within the receiving window, including data packets except data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the lower limit of the receiving window.
基于上述技术方案,即使接收设备接收到的T个PDU包括SN不连续的PDU,在重排序定时开启的状态下,接收设备也会将接收到T个数据包的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,而不必等到重排序定时器超时或接收到SN连续的PDU之后,再将接收到的数据包送到译码器进行处理,从而可以保证快速恢复原始数据,减小数据传输的时延。Based on the above technical solution, even if the T PDUs received by the receiving device include PDUs with discontinuous SNs, when the reordering timing is turned on, the receiving device will send all or part of the received T data packets to the decoder Perform decoding processing without waiting until the reordering timer expires or after receiving consecutive PDUs from SN, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing, thereby ensuring fast recovery of original data and reducing data transmission overhead delay.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是PDCP实体,该重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,该接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,停止该PDCP重排序定时器。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first entity is a PDCP entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, and the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the PDCP reordering timer is stopped.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就停止PDCP重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时停止PDCP重排序定时器的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the PDCP reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced. When stopping the PDCP reordering timer problem.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是PDCP实体,该重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,该接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动PDCP接收窗口下限。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first entity is a PDCP entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, and the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就滑动接收窗口下限,以及停止PDCP重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时滑动PDCP接收窗口下限的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window and stops the PDCP reordering timer, thereby solving the problem of introducing the NC function. In this case, when the receiving device slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是RLC实体,该重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,该接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,停止该RLC重排序定时器。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first entity is an RLC entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the method further includes: when After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the RLC reordering timer is stopped.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就停止RLC重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备何时停止RLC重排序定时器的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs the network decoding operation on the received T data packets and restores M original data, it stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of the receiving device when the NC function is introduced. When stopping the RLC reordering timer problem.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一实体是RLC实体,该重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,该接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,该方法还包括:当对该T个数据包恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动RLC接收窗口下限。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first entity is an RLC entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the method further includes: when After recovering the M original data for the T data packets, slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
基于上述技术方案,接收设备一旦对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据,就滑动接收窗口下限,以及停止RLC重排序定时器,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备如何滑动RLC接收窗口下限的问题。Based on the above technical solution, once the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets to recover M original data, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window and stops the RLC reordering timer, thus solving the problem of introducing the NC function. In this case, how does the receiving device slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
第三方面,提供了一种数据处理的方法,其特征在于,该方法应用于第一实体,该方法包括:接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;当重排序定时器超时,将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该重排序定时器的开启由该T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中的SN最大的PDU触发,该T个PDU与该T个数据包对应。其中,乱序到达的PDU包括与前一个PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU。In a third aspect, a data processing method is provided, wherein the method is applied to a first entity, and the method includes: receiving T data packets, where the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K The K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) Redundant packets, the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, classification T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; when the reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: T In the PDU, the data packets contained in the PDUs that arrive out of order, and the data packets contained in all PDUs that are received before the PDUs that arrive out of order and have not yet been delivered to the decoder, wherein the start of the reordering timer is determined by the T The PDU with the largest SN among the PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU among the PDUs is triggered, and the T PDUs correspond to the T data packets. Wherein, the PDUs arriving out of order include the PDU with the largest SN among the PDUs whose sequence numbers (sequence number, SN) are not continuous with the previous PDU.
示例性地,该第一实体是PDCP实体,该重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器。Exemplarily, the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer.
又示例性地,该第一实体是RLC实体,该重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器。Also exemplary, the first entity is an RLC entity, and the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer.
基于上述技术方案,若接收到的T个PDU中存在乱序到达的PDU,则第一实体在重排序定时器超时之后,再将T个PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包,和/或,在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理,从而有利于实现对数据包进行网络译码操作之后得到的按序的原始数据。Based on the above technical solution, if there are out-of-order PDUs among the received T PDUs, after the reordering timer expires, the first entity sends the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs, and /or, the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the out-of-order PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which is beneficial to realize the network decoding operation on the data packets The obtained sequential raw data.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof. The functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
可选地,作为一个示例,第四方面所述的通信装置,包括:Optionally, as an example, the communication device described in the fourth aspect includes:
收发单元,用于接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;The transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets; The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N;
该收发单元,还用于以第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据;The transceiver unit is also used to submit the original data in the first delivery mode or the second delivery mode;
该第一递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据中的一个原始数据时,递交该一个原始数据;The first delivery method includes: submitting the one original data when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore one original data among the M original data;
该第二递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据 时,递交该M个原始数据,其中,T不小于N。The second delivery method includes: submitting the M original data when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover the M original data, where T is not less than N.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该通信装置使用的递交方式,该递交方式包括该第一递交方式或该第二递交方式。In an implementation manner, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the delivery mode used by the communication device, and the delivery mode includes the first delivery mode method or this second delivery method.
在一种实现方式中,该网络译码操作由SDAP层或NC层实现,该NC层位于PDCP层和该SDAP层之间,该通信装置还包括:In an implementation manner, the network decoding operation is implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,用于开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能。The processing unit is configured to enable the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该通信装置还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,用于关闭PDCP实体的重排序功能。The processing unit is configured to close the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该收发单元,还用于:当PDCP重排序定时器处于开启状态,将该T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由接收到T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与PDCP接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个PDCP PDU在该PDCP接收窗口内收到。In a possible implementation, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer is on, send some or all of the T data packets to The decoder performs decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by receiving the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs. The PDU corresponds to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets includes data packets other than the data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window. The T PDCP PDUs are received in the PDCP received in the window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,停止该PDCP重排序定时器。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: stop the PDCP reordering timer after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动该PDCP接收窗口下限。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,该收发单元,还用于:当PDCP重排序定时器超时,将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDCP PDU中乱序到达的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDCP PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDCP PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由该T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中的SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应。其中,乱序到达的PDCP PDU包括与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的PDCP PDU。In a possible implementation, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding Processing: the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs among the T PDCP PDUs, the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder, where the PDCP The start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, and the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets. Among them, the out-of-order PDCP PDUs include the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is not continuous with the previous PDCP PDU.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络译码操作由RLC层实现,该收发单元,还用于:当RLC重排序定时器处于开启状态,将该T个数据包中的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该RLC重排序定时器的开启由接收到T个RLC PDU与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中SN最大的RLC PDU触发,该T个RLC PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与RLC接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个RLC PDU在该RLC接收窗口内收到。In a possible implementation, the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: when the RLC reordering timer is on, send all or part of the T data packets to The decoder performs decoding processing, wherein the opening of the RLC reordering timer is triggered by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that receive T RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU, and the T RLC PDUs Corresponding to the T data packets, the part in the T data packets includes data packets except the data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets of the lower limit of the RLC receive window, and the T RLC PDUs are in the RLC receive window Received within.
在一种可能实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,停止该RLC重排序定时器。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: stop the RLC reordering timer after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元,还用于:当对该T个数据包进行该网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动RLC接收窗口下限。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window after performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该网络译码操作由RLC层实现,该收发单元,还用于:当RLC重排序定时器超时,将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个RLC  PDU中乱序到达的RLC PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的RLC PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有RLC PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该RLC重排序定时器的开启由该T个RLC PDU中与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中的SN最大的RLC PDU触发,该T个RLC PDU与该T个数据包对应。其中,乱序到达的RLC PDU包括与前一个RLC PDU的序列号(sequence number,SN)不连续的RLC PDU中SN最大的RLC PDU。In a possible implementation, the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer, and the transceiver unit is also configured to: when the RLC reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding Processing: the data packets contained in the RLC PDUs that arrive out of order among the T RLC PDUs, and the data packets contained in all RLC PDUs that are received before the RLC PDUs that arrive out of order and have not yet been delivered to the decoder. The opening of the reordering timer is triggered by the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous RLC PDU among the T RLC PDUs, and the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets. Wherein, the RLC PDUs arriving out of order include the RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs whose sequence number (sequence number, SN) is discontinuous with the previous RLC PDU.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof. The functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
可选地,作为一个示例,第五方面所述的通信装置,包括:Optionally, as an example, the communication device described in the fifth aspect includes:
收发单元,用于接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;当重排序定时器处于开启状态,将该T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该重排序定时器的开启由T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU触发,该T个PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个PDU在该接收窗口内收到。The transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets; The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; When the reordering timer is on, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the reordering timer is started by the SN of the previous PDU among the T PDUs The PDU with the largest SN among the discontinuous PDUs is triggered. The T PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and some of the T data packets include data packets whose serial numbers are continuous with the lower limit of the receiving window. of data packets, the T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置是PDCP实体,该重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,该接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,该通信装置还包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device is a PDCP entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,用于停止该PDCP重排序定时器。The processing unit is configured to stop the PDCP reordering timer after performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to restore the M original data.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置是PDCP实体,该重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,该接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,该通信装置还包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device is a PDCP entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动PDCP接收窗口下限。The processing unit slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置是RLC实体,该重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,该接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,该通信装置还包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device is an RLC entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,用于停止该RLC重排序定时器。The processing unit is configured to stop the RLC reordering timer after performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover the M original data.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置是RLC实体,该重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,该接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,该通信装置还包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device is an RLC entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the communication device further includes:
处理单元,当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,滑动RLC接收窗口下限。The processing unit slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具有实现第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof. The functions described above may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
可选地,作为一个示例,第六方面所述的通信装置,包括:Optionally, as an example, the communication device described in the sixth aspect includes:
收发单元,用于接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;当重排序定时器超时,将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该重排序定时器的开启由该T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中的SN最大的PDU触发,该T个PDU与该T个数据包对应。The transceiver unit is used to receive T data packets, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets and N Original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets satisfy the coding relationship with the N original data packets; The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N; When the reordering timer expires, at least one of the following data packets will be sent to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packets contained in the PDUs that arrive out of sequence among the T PDUs, the data packets that are received before the PDUs that arrive out of sequence and have not yet The data packets contained in all PDUs delivered to the decoder, wherein the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU among the T PDUs, and the T The PDU corresponds to the T data packets.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器。可选地,还可以包括收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使通信装置执行如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device executes the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
示例性地,该通信装置为无线通信的接收端。Exemplarily, the communication device is a receiving end of wireless communication.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和存储器。可选地,还可以包括收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使通信装置执行如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。或者,执行如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device executes the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Alternatively, perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息,以及,通信接口还用于输出经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息,以使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor, and the processing The processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is further configured to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收(或称输入)数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息,以及,通信接口还用于输出经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息,以使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or input) data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor processor, the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is further configured to output the data and/or information processed by the processor, so that as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof A method is performed, or, a method is performed as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof method is executed.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof, A method is performed, or, a method is performed as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
第十三方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed implement.
第十四方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得如第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或者,如第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed Execute, or, the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof is executed.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了适用于本申请的通信系统的场景的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system applicable to the present application.
图2是适用于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的应用场景的示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图3示出了网络编码流程示意图。Fig. 3 shows a schematic flow chart of network coding.
图4示出了另一网络编码流程示意图。Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another network coding process.
图5示出了随机线性网络编码示意图。Fig. 5 shows a schematic diagram of random linear network coding.
图6示出了接收端推动接收窗口下限移动的示意图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of the receiving end moving the lower limit of the receiving window.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图8为接收端的处理过程的示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a processing procedure at a receiving end.
图9为接收端的处理过程的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a processing procedure at a receiving end.
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了接收端的处理过程的示意图。Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of the processing procedure at the receiving end.
图12示出了本申请实施例提供的方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图13示出了接收端的处理过程的示意图。Fig. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the processing procedure at the receiving end.
图14为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。Fig. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in this application.
图15为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,包括但不限于:第五代(the 5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,例如第六代移动通信系统。此外,还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其它通信系统,等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, including but not limited to: the fifth generation (the 5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc. The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. In addition, it can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and the Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems, etc.
适用于本申请的通信系统,可以包括一个或多个发送端,以及,一个或多个接收端。可选地,发送端和接收端中的一个可以为终端设备,另一个可以为网络设备。或者,一个为终端设备,另一个为另一终端设备。或者,一个或网络设备,另一个为另一网络设备。A communication system applicable to this application may include one or more sending ends, and one or more receiving ends. Optionally, one of the sending end and the receiving end may be a terminal device, and the other may be a network device. Alternatively, one is an end device and the other is another end device. Alternatively, one is a network device and the other is another network device.
示例性地,终端设备也可以成为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,可以用于连接人、物和机,例如具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中 的无线终端、智慧城市(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。可选地,UE可以用于充当基站。例如,UE可以充当调度实体,其在V2X或D2D等中的UE之间提供侧行链路信号。可选的,UE还可以是提供无线回传的中继设备,例如:接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)节点。Exemplarily, the terminal equipment may also be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), a remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, and can be used to connect people, objects and machines, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and the like. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can be mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, Wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. Optionally, UE can be used to act as a base station. For example, a UE may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in V2X or D2D, etc. Optionally, the UE may also be a relay device providing wireless backhaul, for example: an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) node.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端,也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在终端中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In this embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or a device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
示例性地,网络设备可以是具有无线收发功能的设备,该网络设备可以是提供无线通信功能服务的设备,通常位于网络侧,包括但不限于5G通信系统中的下一代基站(gNodeB,gNB)、第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统中的基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点等,LTE系统中的演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)等。在一种网络结构中,该网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备、或控制面CU节点和用户面CU节点,以及DU节点的RAN设备,或者,网络设备还可以为云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、中继站、车载设备以及可穿戴设备等。此外,基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点、宿主节点,或其组合。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及D2D、V2X、M2M通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络,不做限定。Exemplarily, the network device may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, and the network device may be a device that provides wireless communication function services, usually located on the network side, including but not limited to a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G communication system , the base station in the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access point in the wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, etc., the evolved node B in the LTE system (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), etc. In a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a wireless access network (radio access network, including a CU node and a DU node, RAN) device, or control plane CU node and user plane CU node, and RAN device of DU node, or, the network device can also be a wireless controller and a relay station in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario , in-vehicle devices, and wearable devices. In addition, the base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node, a host node, or a combination thereof. The base station can also be a mobile switching center, a device that assumes the function of a base station in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network-side device in a 6G network, and a device that assumes the function of a base station in a future communication system. The base station may support networks of the same or different access technologies, without limitation.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
参见图1,图1为适用于本申请的通信系统的场景的示意图。本申请可以应用于多种具体通信场景,例如,基站和终端设备或终端设备之间的点对点传输(如图1中的(a)所示的基站和终端设备之间的点对点传输)、基站和终端设备的多跳(如图1中的(b)和(c)所示)传输、多个基站和终端设备的双连接(dual connectivity,DC)(如图1中的(d)所示)或多连接等场景。需要说明的是,如上具体通信应用场景只是举例,并不产生限制。特别地,从业务的角度看,本申请实施例适用于诸多业务场景,例如XR业务中的数据编码场景、上行大容量场景等。此外,图1不对适用于本申请的网络架构产生限制,并且本申请不限制上行、下行、接入链路、回传(backhaul)链路、侧链路(sidelink)等传输。Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to a communication system of the present application. This application can be applied to a variety of specific communication scenarios, for example, point-to-point transmission between a base station and a terminal device or between a terminal device (as shown in Figure 1 (a) between a base station and a terminal device), base station and Multi-hop (as shown in (b) and (c) in Figure 1) transmission of terminal equipment, dual connectivity (DC) between multiple base stations and terminal equipment (as shown in (d) in Figure 1) or multi-connection scenarios. It should be noted that the above specific communication application scenarios are just examples and do not pose limitations. In particular, from a service point of view, the embodiments of the present application are applicable to many service scenarios, such as data encoding scenarios and uplink large-capacity scenarios in XR services. In addition, FIG. 1 does not limit the network architecture applicable to this application, and this application does not limit transmissions such as uplink, downlink, access link, backhaul (backhaul) link, and sidelink (sidelink).
图2是本申请实施例提供的技术方案的应用场景的示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application.
如图2中的(a)所示,UE随机接入gNB之后,UE与gNB之间可以进行通信。其中,gNB包括三层结构:层一为物理(physical,PHY)层,层二为媒体接入控制(medium  access control,MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层,层三为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层。UE包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层。As shown in (a) in FIG. 2 , after the UE randomly accesses the gNB, communication between the UE and the gNB can be performed. Among them, gNB includes a three-layer structure: layer one is the physical (PHY) layer, layer two is the medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer and packet data The convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, and the third layer is the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer. UE includes PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer.
若UE与gNB具备网络编码(network coding,NC)功能,对于DL而言,gNB执行编码功能,UE执行译码功能;对于UL而言,UE执行编码功能,gNB执行译码功能。If UE and gNB have network coding (network coding, NC) function, for DL, gNB performs encoding function, UE performs decoding function; for UL, UE performs encoding function, gNB performs decoding function.
如图2中的(b)所示,UE可以通过gNB-DU接入gNB-CU。其中,gNB-CU包括RRC层和PDCP层,gNB-DU包括RLC层、MAC层和PHY层。若NC功能位于UE和gNB-CU上,对DL而言,gNB-CU执行编码功能,UE执行译码功能;对于UL而言,UE执行编码功能,gNB-CU执行译码功能。更具体地,NC功能部署在PDCP层内或PDCP层之上。若NC功能位于UE和gNB-DU上,对于DL而言,gNB-DU执行编码功能,UE执行译码功能;对于UL而言,UE执行编码功能,gNB-DU执行译码功能。更具体地,NC功能部署在RLC层内或者RLC层之下。As shown in (b) in Figure 2, the UE can access the gNB-CU through the gNB-DU. Among them, gNB-CU includes RRC layer and PDCP layer, and gNB-DU includes RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer. If the NC function is located on the UE and the gNB-CU, for the DL, the gNB-CU performs the encoding function, and the UE performs the decoding function; for the UL, the UE performs the encoding function, and the gNB-CU performs the decoding function. More specifically, the NC function is deployed within or above the PDCP layer. If the NC function is located on UE and gNB-DU, for DL, gNB-DU performs encoding function, UE performs decoding function; for UL, UE performs encoding function, and gNB-DU performs decoding function. More specifically, the NC function is deployed within or below the RLC layer.
应理解,图2中仅以UE与gNB之间的通信为例说明本申请提供的技术方案的应用场景,本申请提供的技术方案同样适用于接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)场景,即可以将图2中的UE替换为IAB移动终端(IAB mobile termination,IAB-MT)。It should be understood that the application scenario of the technical solution provided by this application is only illustrated in FIG. 2 by taking the communication between UE and gNB as an example. The technical solution provided by this application is also applicable to integrated access and backhaul (IAB ) scenario, that is, the UE in Figure 2 can be replaced by an IAB mobile terminal (IAB mobile termination, IAB-MT).
此外,除了上述空口单链路场景之外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案同样适用于空口多链路场景。即gNB或gNB-DU(考虑CU-DU分离架构)和UE之间还存在至少一个IAB节点。In addition, in addition to the above-mentioned air interface single-link scenario, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to the air interface multi-link scenario. That is, there is at least one IAB node between the gNB or gNB-DU (considering the CU-DU separation architecture) and the UE.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请实施例中涉及的几个基本概念做简单说明。应理解,下文中所介绍的基本概念是以NR协议中规定的几个基本概念为例进行简单说明,但并不限定本申请实施例只能够应用于NR系统。因此,以NR系统为例描述时出现的标准名称都是功能性描述,具体名称并不限定,仅表示设备的功能,可以对应的扩展到其他系统,比如第二代(2nd generation,2G)、第三代(3rd generation,3G)、第四代(4th generation,4G)或未来通信系统。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, several basic concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described. It should be understood that the basic concepts introduced below are simply described by taking several basic concepts stipulated in the NR protocol as examples, but this does not limit that the embodiment of the present application can only be applied to the NR system. Therefore, the standard names that appear when describing the NR system as an example are functional descriptions, and the specific names are not limited. They only represent the functions of the device and can be extended to other systems correspondingly, such as the second generation (2nd generation, 2G), Third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or future communication systems.
1、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ):1. Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ):
属于MAC层的功能,发送端向接收端每发送一个传输块(transport block,TB)后,接收端都会对该TB进行循环冗余码校验(cyclical redundancy check,CRC)。如果CRC校验成功,则接收端会向发送端反馈应答(acknowledgement,ACK)信息,否则反馈否定应答(negative acknowledgement,NACK)信息。发送端收到接收端反馈的ACK信息后,将触发新数据的传输,否则将触发该TB的重传。It belongs to the function of the MAC layer. After the sending end sends a transport block (TB) to the receiving end, the receiving end will perform a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on the TB. If the CRC check is successful, the receiving end will feed back acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) information to the sending end, otherwise it will feed back negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) information. After the sending end receives the ACK information fed back by the receiving end, it will trigger the transmission of new data, otherwise it will trigger the retransmission of the TB.
2、自动重传请求(automatic repeat request,ARQ):2. Automatic repeat request (automatic repeat request, ARQ):
属于RLC层的功能,发送端向接收端发送连续的RLC协议数据单元(RLC protocol data unit,RLC PDU),接收端根据网络配置(例如:超过指定接收RLC PDU个数,或者,超过指定接收RLC PDU数据量)或者根据发送端发送的轮询(polling)指示,触发向发送端反馈RLC状态报告,以便通知发送端RLC PDU在接收端的接收状态,使得发送端触发RLC PDU的重传。It belongs to the function of RLC layer. The sending end sends continuous RLC protocol data unit (RLC protocol data unit, RLC PDU) to the receiving end. PDU data volume) or according to the polling (polling) instruction sent by the sender, trigger the feedback of the RLC status report to the sender, so as to notify the sender of the receiving status of the RLC PDU at the receiver, so that the sender triggers the retransmission of the RLC PDU.
3、网络编码(network coding,NC)功能:3. Network coding (NC) function:
上述基于反馈的重传机制,一般时延比较大,包括:空口传输时延、接收端的数据处理时延、ACK/NACK信息的反馈时延等,因此导致系统频谱效率较低。针对上述问题, 可以采用网络编码技术对数据包(packet)进行网络编码操作,通过传输网络编码包来兼顾时延和频谱效率性能。The above-mentioned feedback-based retransmission mechanism generally has a relatively long delay, including: air interface transmission delay, data processing delay at the receiving end, and feedback delay of ACK/NACK information, etc., resulting in low system spectrum efficiency. In view of the above problems, a network coding technology may be used to perform a network coding operation on a data packet (packet), and the time delay and spectrum efficiency performance may be considered by transmitting the network coded packet.
本申请中的网络编码功能包括对原数据包进行网络编码和添加编码包包头。其中,网络编码可以通过编码器来实现,编码器的输入为N个原数据包,编码器的输出为K个编码数据包(简称为编码包),其中,N和K均为正整数,且K大于N。编码包包括K-N(K减N)个冗余包和N个系统包,或者,K个冗余包(即编码包均为冗余包,不包括系统包)。其中,系统包的包体的内容和原数据包的内容一致(也就是说,系统包由编码包包头和原数据包构成)。因而系统包可以通过编码器获得,也可以通过直接对原数据包增加包头获得,这种情况下,系统包的编码系数相当于单位向量。冗余包的编码系数为非单位向量。通过冗余包的内容和生成该冗余包的原数据包的内容之间的关联,接收端可以通过冗余包和成功接收的原数据包或系统包一起译码,恢复未成功接收的原数据包。基于网络编码的特点,原数据包的包大小相等。The network coding function in this application includes performing network coding on the original data packet and adding a coded packet header. Wherein, the network coding can be realized by an encoder, the input of the encoder is N original data packets, and the output of the encoder is K encoded data packets (abbreviated as encoded packets), where N and K are both positive integers, and K is greater than N. The coded package includes K-N (K minus N) redundant packages and N system packages, or, K redundant packages (that is, all coded packages are redundant packages, excluding system packages). Wherein, the content of the package body of the system package is consistent with the content of the original data package (that is, the system package is composed of the coded package header and the original data package). Therefore, the system packet can be obtained by an encoder, or by directly adding a packet header to the original data packet. In this case, the encoding coefficient of the system packet is equivalent to a unit vector. Coding coefficients of redundant packets are non-unit vectors. Through the association between the content of the redundant packet and the content of the original data packet that generated the redundant packet, the receiving end can decode the redundant packet and the successfully received original data packet or system packet together to restore the original data packet that was not successfully received. data pack. Based on the characteristics of network coding, the packet size of the original data packet is equal.
可选地,网络编码功能还可以包括对原始数据单元(比如服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU)或协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU))进行处理获得大小相等的原数据包的过程,该处理可以包括分割,级联,或,加填充(padding)中的一种或多种。Optionally, the network coding function may also include processing an original data unit (such as a service data unit (service data unit, SDU) or a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU)) to obtain an equal-sized original data packet, The processing may include one or more of segmentation, concatenation, or padding.
发送端的网络编码功能对应接收端的网络译码功能。接收端通过对成功接收的至少N个编码包一起进行译码可以恢复出N个原数据包。具有网络编码功能或网络编码对应的译码功能的协议层称为网络编/译码层,本申请中将网络编/译码层简称为网络编码层,即,上述具有网络编码的协议层称为网络编码层。The network coding function of the sending end corresponds to the network decoding function of the receiving end. The receiving end can recover N original data packets by decoding at least N coded packets successfully received together. The protocol layer with the network coding function or the corresponding decoding function of the network coding is called the network coding/decoding layer. In this application, the network coding/decoding layer is referred to as the network coding layer for short. is the network encoding layer.
网络编码层可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层,业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层,回传适配协议(backhaul adaptation protocol,BAP)层,无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层,媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层,或物理层(physical layer,PHY)等协议层。网络编码层也可以是除PHY层,MAC层,RLC层,BAP层,PDCP层,SDAP层以及RRC层之外的一个新的协议层,可以为在PDCP层之上增加网络编码层(例如:5G NR中,在PDCP层和SDAP层之间增加网络编码层),或者,在BAP层之上增加网络编码层,或者,在PDCP层和RLC层之间增加网络编码层,或者,在RLC层和MAC层之间增加网络编码层,或者,在MAC层和PHY层之间增加网络编码层。The network coding layer can be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer, backhaul adaptation Protocol (backhaul adaptation protocol, BAP) layer, radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, or physical layer (physical layer, PHY) and other protocol layers. The network coding layer can also be a new protocol layer except the PHY layer, the MAC layer, the RLC layer, the BAP layer, the PDCP layer, the SDAP layer and the RRC layer, which can increase the network coding layer above the PDCP layer (for example: In 5G NR, a network coding layer is added between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer), or, a network coding layer is added above the BAP layer, or, a network coding layer is added between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, or, at the RLC layer Add a network coding layer between the MAC layer and the MAC layer, or add a network coding layer between the MAC layer and the PHY layer.
常用的网络编码方案包括分组码和卷积码两大类,其中,分组码的方案包括随机线性网络编码(random linear network coding,RLNC)、确定线性网络编码(deterministic linear network coding,DLNC)、分批稀疏码(batch sparse code,BATS code)、纠删码(erasure code)、喷泉码(fountain code)、最大距离可分码(maximum distance separable code,MDS code)、卢比变换码(luby transform,LT)码、快速旋风(rapid tornado)码、RaptorQ码、无速率(rateless)码和RS(Reed-solomon)码等中的一项或多项,卷积码的方案包括卷积网络编码(convolutional network coding,CNC)、流编码(streaming code)和滑动窗口网络编码(sliding window network coding)等中的一项或多项。Commonly used network coding schemes include block codes and convolutional codes. The block code schemes include random linear network coding (RLNC), deterministic linear network coding (DLNC), Batch sparse code (BATS code), erasure code (erasure code), fountain code (fountain code), maximum distance separable code (maximum distance separable code, MDS code), ruby transform code (luby transform, LT ) code, fast tornado (rapid tornado) code, RaptorQ code, rateless (rateless) code and RS (Reed-solomon) code, etc., the scheme of convolutional code includes convolutional network coding (convolutional network One or more of coding, CNC), streaming code (streaming code) and sliding window network coding (sliding window network coding), etc.
下面对发送端(简称为发端)网络编码功能的两种可能的网络编码流程进行介绍。Two possible network coding processes of the network coding function of the sending end (referred to as the sending end) are introduced below.
第一种可能的网络编码流程:The first possible network coding process:
发端先获取原始数据(PDU或者SDU)。以原始数据是PDU为例,发端通过对一个或多个PDU进行以下一项或多项处理以获得等大小的原数据包:分割、级联、或加填充(padding)。其中,每个原数据包携带对应关系,该对应关系是原数据包与该原数据包对应的一个或多个PDU之间的对应关系。每个原数据包携带对应关系可以是显式的携带,比如,每个原数据包携带原数据包与该原数据包对应的一个或多个PDU之间的位置映射关系。每个原数据包携带对应关系也可以是隐式的携带,比如,每个原数据包与该原数据包对应的一个或多个PDU之间的对应关系是默认的。这样接收端(简称为收端)可以基于所述对应关系从原数据包恢复出PDU。The originator obtains the original data (PDU or SDU) first. Taking the original data as a PDU as an example, the originator performs one or more of the following processes on one or more PDUs to obtain an original data packet of equal size: segmentation, concatenation, or padding. Wherein, each original data packet carries a corresponding relationship, and the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet. Each original data packet may carry a corresponding relationship explicitly, for example, each original data packet carries a position mapping relationship between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet. The corresponding relationship carried by each original data packet may also be carried implicitly. For example, the corresponding relationship between each original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet is default. In this way, the receiving end (referred to as the receiving end for short) can recover the PDU from the original data packet based on the correspondence.
可选的,每个原数据包的包头携带该原数据包与该原数据包对应的一个或多个PDU之间的对应关系。在这种情况下,一种可能的实现方式是:发端先对PDU进行以下一项或多项处理获得原数据:分割、级联、或加padding,再对原数据添加包头获得等大小的原数据包。Optionally, the header of each original data packet carries the correspondence between the original data packet and one or more PDUs corresponding to the original data packet. In this case, a possible implementation method is: the originator first performs one or more of the following processes on the PDU to obtain the original data: segmentation, concatenation, or adding padding, and then adds a header to the original data to obtain the original data of the same size. data pack.
可选的,上述对应关系可以通过所述一个或多个PDU的分割和/或级联的情况进行指示。Optionally, the above corresponding relationship may be indicated by the division and/or concatenation of the one or more PDUs.
可以理解的是,若原始数据本身就是等大小的话,那么就可以跳过上述对一个或多个PDU或者SDU进行处理以获得等大小的原数据包的步骤,即,PDU或者SDU就是等大小的原数据包。It can be understood that if the original data itself is equal in size, then the above-mentioned steps of processing one or more PDUs or SDUs to obtain the original data packets of equal size can be skipped, that is, the PDU or SDU is equal in size original packet.
图3和图4以PDU大小不等以及通过包头携带上述对应关系为例,对第一种网络编码流程进行说明。如图3和图4所示,发端先对PDU1~PDU4进行处理得到原数据(即数据1至数据4),发端对PDU的处理可以是分割、级联或加padding等操作中的一项或多项。原数据的大小可以相等也可以不等。进一步地,发端再对该组原数据进行加包头的操作,得到N个原数据包(即Pkt1~Pkt4)。原数据包可以理解为是未经过编码的数据包,且原数据包的大小相等。Figure 3 and Figure 4 illustrate the first network coding process by taking PDUs with different sizes and carrying the above corresponding relationship through the packet header as examples. As shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4, the sender first processes PDU1 to PDU4 to obtain the original data (that is, data 1 to data 4), and the sender can process the PDUs by one or more of operations such as segmentation, concatenation, or padding. multiple. The size of the original data can be equal or unequal. Further, the originating end adds a packet header to the group of original data to obtain N original data packets (that is, Pkt1-Pkt4). The original data packet can be understood as an unencoded data packet, and the size of the original data packet is equal.
发端再对多个等大小的原数据包进行编码。The originator then encodes multiple original data packets of equal size.
具体的,对多个等大小的原数据包进行编码可以采取下文三种方式中的任意一种。Specifically, any one of the following three methods may be adopted for encoding multiple original data packets of equal size.
方式1:Method 1:
如图3所示,发端通过对N个原数据包进行编码,并添加编码包包头,可以得到K-N个编码包(图3所示的EPkt1~EPkt2),这里的编码包可以称为校验包或者冗余包。As shown in Figure 3, the sender can obtain K-N encoded packets (EPkt1~EPkt2 shown in Figure 3) by encoding N original data packets and adding encoded packet headers. The encoded packets here can be called verification packets or redundant packages.
通过上述操作,发端最终发送N个原数据包和K-N个冗余包。Through the above operations, the originator finally sends N original data packets and K-N redundant packets.
方式2和方式3: Mode 2 and Mode 3:
如图4所示,发端通过对N个原数据包进行处理得到K个编码包(即图4所示的EPkt1~EPkt6)。编码包可以分为系统包和校验包,系统包也可以称为系统数据包,校验包可以称为冗余包。其中,编码包包头可以包括系数因子字段,该系数因子字段指示获得该编码包的编码系数。系统包(即图4所示的EPkt1~EPkt4)由编码包包头以及包体构成,包体的内容和原数据包的内容一致,包头包括的系数因子字段为单位向量。As shown in FIG. 4 , the originating end obtains K coded packets (ie, EPkt1 - EPkt6 shown in FIG. 4 ) by processing N original data packets. The encoding package can be divided into a system package and a check package, the system package can also be called a system data package, and the check package can be called a redundant package. Wherein, the header of the encoded packet may include a coefficient factor field, and the coefficient factor field indicates the encoding coefficient for obtaining the encoded packet. The system package (ie EPkt1~EPkt4 shown in Figure 4) is composed of a coded packet header and a packet body. The content of the packet body is consistent with the content of the original data packet, and the coefficient factor field included in the packet header is a unit vector.
方式2与方式3的不同之处在于对原数据包进行处理获得系统包的过程不同。The difference between mode 2 and mode 3 lies in the process of processing the original data package to obtain the system package.
其中,在方式2中,由原数据包直接添加编码包包头生成系统包,即不经过编码处理。Wherein, in mode 2, a system packet is generated by directly adding an encoded packet header to the original data packet, that is, without encoding processing.
其中,在方式3中,原数据包经过编码处理,即经过为单位向量的系数因子编码后,并添加编码包包头生成系统包。Wherein, in mode 3, the original data packet is encoded, that is, encoded by the coefficient factor of the unit vector, and a header of the encoded packet is added to generate a system packet.
方式2和方式3中的校验包的生成方式相同,均为对原数据包编码且添加编码包包头而生成。如图4所示,K-N个校验包(即EPkt5~EPkt6)由N个原数据包(即Pkt1~Pkt4)通过编码并添加编码包包头生成,其包体部分(E数据1~E数据2)是N个原数据包和系数因子相乘再相加作用的结果,其中系数因子为非单位向量。The verification packets in mode 2 and mode 3 are generated in the same manner, both of which are generated by encoding the original data packet and adding the header of the encoded packet. As shown in Figure 4, K-N verification packets (i.e. EPkt5~EPkt6) are generated by encoding N original data packets (i.e. Pkt1~Pkt4) and adding the header of the encoded packet. ) is the result of multiplication and addition of N original data packets and coefficient factors, where the coefficient factors are non-unit vectors.
通过上述操作,发端最终发送K个编码包。Through the above operations, the originator finally sends K coded packets.
相应的,仍以图3为例,对于收端,针对方式1,收端收到至少N个数据包,且该N个数据包线性无关,即对应的系数矩阵的秩等于N。这样,收端通过译码可以恢复出N个原数据包,继而恢复出相应的PDU。其中,该至少N个数据包可以全部为冗余包,或,部分为原数据包及部分为冗余包,在此不予限定。可以理解的是,如果收端收到的是N个原数据包,那么可以不进行译码。Correspondingly, still taking FIG. 3 as an example, for the receiving end, for mode 1, the receiving end receives at least N data packets, and the N data packets are linearly independent, that is, the rank of the corresponding coefficient matrix is equal to N. In this way, the receiving end can recover N original data packets through decoding, and then recover corresponding PDUs. Wherein, the at least N data packets may all be redundant packets, or some may be original data packets and some may be redundant packets, which is not limited here. It can be understood that, if the receiving end receives N original data packets, decoding may not be performed.
针对方式2和方式3,仍以图4为例,收端收到至少N个数据包,且该N个数据包线性无关,即对应的系数矩阵的秩等于N。这样,收端通过译码可以恢复出N个原数据包,继而恢复出相应的PDU。该至少N个数据包可以全部为冗余包,或,部分为系统包及部分为冗余包,在此不予限定。可以理解的是,如果收端收到的是N个系统包,那么可以不进行译码,进行去编码包包头处理即可。For modes 2 and 3, still taking FIG. 4 as an example, the receiving end receives at least N data packets, and the N data packets are linearly independent, that is, the rank of the corresponding coefficient matrix is equal to N. In this way, the receiving end can recover N original data packets through decoding, and then recover corresponding PDUs. All of the at least N data packets may be redundant packets, or some of them may be system packets and some of them may be redundant packets, which is not limited herein. It can be understood that if the receiving end receives N system packets, then it is not necessary to perform decoding, but to perform de-encoding packet header processing.
综上,在上述的网络编码功能中,发端通过对一个或多个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理获得等大小的原数据包:分割、级联、或加padding。其中,每个原数据包携带原数据包和该原数据包对应的一个或多个原始数据之间的对应关系。To sum up, in the above network coding function, the originator obtains equal-sized original data packets by performing one or more of the following processes on one or more original data: segmentation, concatenation, or adding padding. Wherein, each original data packet carries a corresponding relationship between the original data packet and one or more original data corresponding to the original data packet.
第二种可能的网络编码流程:The second possible network coding process:
在第二种可能的网络编码流程中,发端可以采用虚拟分割、级联或加padding等处理中的一项或多项的获得等大小的原数据包。在这种方式中,发端先将原始数据和每个原始数据的头信息映射到缓存中,该缓存可以是真实缓存也可以是虚拟缓存,每个原始数据的头信息指示每个原始数据映射在缓存中的位置。发端再从缓存中获得多个等大小的原数据包。进而对多个等大小的原数据包进行编码获得编码包。其中,从缓存中获得多个等大小的原数据包的方式可以是预先设定的,或者,由发端指示给收端,或者,由数据传输的双方中处于控制地位的一方确定后指示给另一方。这种方式中,原数据包没有包头,但考虑和第一种方式中的描述对齐,仍将本方案中从缓存中获得的等大小的数据段称为原数据包。可以理解的是,本方案中的原数据包也可以称为原数据段。In the second possible network coding process, the originating end can use one or more of virtual segmentation, concatenation, or padding to obtain original data packets of equal size. In this way, the originator first maps the original data and the header information of each original data to the cache, which can be a real cache or a virtual cache, and the header information of each original data indicates that each original data is mapped in location in the cache. The originating end then obtains multiple equal-sized original data packets from the cache. Further, a plurality of equal-sized original data packets are encoded to obtain an encoded packet. Wherein, the method of obtaining multiple original data packets of the same size from the cache can be preset, or the sending end indicates to the receiving end, or the one in the control position of the two parties of data transmission determines and indicates to the other party. In this method, the original data packet has no header, but considering the alignment with the description in the first method, the equal-sized data segment obtained from the cache in this solution is still called the original data packet. It can be understood that the original data packet in this solution may also be referred to as an original data segment.
其中,对多个等大小的原数据包进行编码获得编码包的方式和第一种可能的实现流程中的方式1类似。其与方式1的不同在于,在本方案中对多个等大小的原数据包进行编码后,发端发送一个或多个原始数据及该一个或多个原始数据的头信息,以及,编码获得的冗余包中的一个或多个;而在方式1中,发端发送一个或多个编码包Wherein, the manner of encoding multiple equal-sized original data packets to obtain encoded packets is similar to the manner 1 in the first possible implementation process. The difference from method 1 is that in this solution, after encoding multiple equal-sized original data packets, the sender sends one or more original data and the header information of the one or more original data, and the encoded One or more of the redundant packets; while in mode 1, the sender sends one or more encoded packets
可以理解的是,网络编码层的输入可以为一个或多个原始的数据单元,如原始数据,网络编码层的输出可以为一个或多个PDU,该一个或多个PDU可以包括前述的原数据包和冗余包,或者,前述的系统包和冗余包。其中,输出该一个或多个PDU可理解为通过通信接口在终端设备内或网络设备内将该一个或多个PDU输出给后续处理该一个或多个PDU的模块。可以理解,本申请中涉及的输出可以是指在空口上发送信号,也可以指在装置(例如,终端设备或网络设备)内通过通信接口将信号输出给该装置内的其他模块。具体过程在应用场景中具体描述,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that the input of the network coding layer may be one or more original data units, such as original data, and the output of the network coding layer may be one or more PDUs, and the one or more PDUs may include the aforementioned original data package and redundant package, or, the aforementioned system package and redundant package. Wherein, outputting the one or more PDUs may be understood as outputting the one or more PDUs in the terminal device or in the network device to a module that subsequently processes the one or more PDUs through a communication interface. It can be understood that the output mentioned in this application may refer to sending a signal on an air interface, or may refer to outputting a signal in a device (for example, a terminal device or a network device) to other modules in the device through a communication interface. The specific process is specifically described in the application scenario, and will not be repeated here.
具体的编码操作以RLNC为例进行简要说明。RLNC方案以一个编码块(block),为一个编码单元,一个编码块中包括多个大小相同的原数据包,通过构建编码系数矩阵对原数据包进行编码可以得到一组编码包。通常,编码系数矩阵中的系数在有限域,如伽罗华域(Galois field,GF)中随机选取。The specific encoding operation is briefly described by taking RLNC as an example. The RLNC scheme uses a coding block (block) as a coding unit, and a coding block includes multiple original data packets of the same size, and a set of coded packets can be obtained by constructing a coding coefficient matrix to encode the original data packets. Usually, the coefficients in the coding coefficient matrix are randomly selected in a finite field, such as Galois field (Galois field, GF).
参见图5,图5是随机线性网络编码的示意图。如图5所示,编码系数矩阵(即图5所示的G K×N)大小为K×N,即K行N列,其中,该示例中,编码系数矩阵中的一个行向量称为一个编码系数向量,通过对一个包含N个原数据包的编码块(图5中的X N×1)进行网络编码,得到K个编码数据(图5中的Y K×1),对应的码率表示为N/K,或者,对应的冗余率表示为(K-N)/N。其中,编码系数矩阵在GF(q)域中随机选择系数,q表示伽罗华域的大小,伽罗华域的取值为区间[0,q-1]。K和N均是正整数。 Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of random linear network coding. As shown in Figure 5, the size of the coding coefficient matrix (ie, G K×N shown in Figure 5) is K×N, that is, K rows and N columns, wherein, in this example, a row vector in the coding coefficient matrix is called a Coding coefficient vector, by performing network coding on a coding block (X N×1 in Figure 5) containing N original data packets, to obtain K coded data (Y K×1 in Figure 5), the corresponding code rate Expressed as N/K, or, the corresponding redundancy rate is expressed as (KN)/N. Among them, the encoding coefficient matrix randomly selects coefficients in the GF(q) field, q represents the size of the Galois field, and the value of the Galois field is in the interval [0,q-1]. Both K and N are positive integers.
应理解,RLNC方案中,各个编码块之间没有关联,其中,对一个包含N个原数据包的编码块进行网络编码得到的K个编码数据,即编码操作对每个独立的编码块进行。每个编码块的冗余(码率)可以相同,也可以不相同。编码端/发送端对N个原数据包和生成的K个编码数据统一加包头信息后发送。译码端/接收端正确接收到至少N个且编码系数向量线性无关的编码包时,或者,正确接收到至少N个编码包且接收到的编码包对应的编码系数矩阵的秩为N时,即可正确译码并恢复出N个原数据包。这是因为编码数据包融合了若干个原数据包的信息,所以接收端可以用编码包来恢复原数据。It should be understood that, in the RLNC scheme, there is no correlation between each coding block, wherein, network coding is performed on a coding block containing N original data packets to obtain K coded data, that is, the coding operation is performed on each independent coding block. The redundancy (code rate) of each coding block may be the same or different. The encoder/transmitter adds header information to the N original data packets and the generated K encoded data before sending them. When the decoding end/receiving end correctly receives at least N coded packets whose coding coefficient vectors are linearly independent, or when at least N coded packets are correctly received and the rank of the coding coefficient matrix corresponding to the received coded packets is N, The N original data packets can be correctly decoded and recovered. This is because the coded data packet combines the information of several original data packets, so the receiving end can use the coded packet to restore the original data.
4、系统包:由原数据包乘以为单位向量的编码系数生成的编码数据加编码包包头得到,或是,原数据包直接加编码包包头得到。例如,原数据包采用大小为K×N的编码系数矩阵(即图5中的G K×N)进行网络编码得到K个编码数据。其中编码系数矩阵可以写成
Figure PCTCN2022111611-appb-000001
其中前N行构成的子矩阵I N是单位阵,由N个单位向量构成。根据编码系数矩阵获得的K个编码数据中对应于I N部分的N个编码数据即为N个系统包的数据部分,对编码数据加包头信息即得到系统包。
4. System package: obtained by multiplying the original data package by the encoded data generated by the encoding coefficient of the unit vector and adding the header of the encoded packet, or directly adding the header of the encoded packet to the original data packet. For example, the original data packet is network-encoded using a coding coefficient matrix of size K×N (ie, G K×N in FIG. 5 ) to obtain K coded data. where the encoding coefficient matrix can be written as
Figure PCTCN2022111611-appb-000001
The sub-matrix I N formed by the first N rows is a unit matrix, which is composed of N unit vectors. Among the K coded data obtained according to the coded coefficient matrix, the N coded data corresponding to the I N part is the data part of the N system packets, and the system packet is obtained by adding header information to the coded data.
5、冗余包:通过对原数据包进行网络编码生成,冗余包的编码系数为非单位向量。比如,采用大小为K×N的编码系数矩阵(即图5中G K×N)进行网络编码得到K个编码数据,其中编码系数矩阵可以写成
Figure PCTCN2022111611-appb-000002
K个编码数据中对应于A (K-N)×N部分的K-N个编码数据即为K-N个冗余包的数据部分,对该K-N个编码数据加包头信息即得到冗余包。在本申请实施例中,术语“冗余包”还可以简称为“校验包”,两者可替换使用。
5. Redundant packets: generated by network coding the original data packets, and the coding coefficients of the redundant packets are non-unit vectors. For example, a coding coefficient matrix of size K×N (that is, G K×N in Figure 5) is used for network coding to obtain K coded data, where the coding coefficient matrix can be written as
Figure PCTCN2022111611-appb-000002
Among the K coded data, KN coded data corresponding to A (KN)×N parts are data parts of KN redundant packets, and header information is added to the KN coded data to obtain redundant packets. In this embodiment of the application, the term "redundant package" may also be referred to as "check package" for short, and the two may be used interchangeably.
6、网络编码分组:分组码相关的术语,分组码中网络编码分组是包含了多个原数据包的集合。例如,将每N个原数据包分为一个网络编码分组进行独立网络编码可以得到与该网络编码分组对应的编码数据。在本申请实施例中,术语“网络编码分组”还可以称为“网络编码块”,“编码分组”,或“编码块”。6. Network coding grouping: a term related to grouping codes. In grouping codes, a network coding grouping is a collection of multiple original data packets. For example, dividing every N original data packets into a network coding group and performing independent network coding can obtain coded data corresponding to the network coding group. In this embodiment of the present application, the term "network coding group" may also be referred to as "network coding block", "coding group", or "coding block".
7、网络编码层:网络编码层是指具有网络编码功能的协议层,网络编码层可以是具有网络编码功能的RRC层,SDAP层,PDCP层,BAP层,RLC层,MAC层,或PHY层等协议层中的一项或多项。具体是哪层在本申请中不予限定。网络编码层也可以是除上述协议层以外的一个新协议层,例如,该新协议层可以在PDCP层之上,在BAP层之上,在PDCP层和RLC层之间,在RLC层和MAC层之间,或者在MAC层和PHY层之间,新协议层的位置在本申请中可以不予限定。在本申请实施例中,术语“网络编码层”也可 以称为“编解码层”,“编译码层”,“网络编解码层”,“网络编译码层”,“网络编/解码层”,“网络编/译码层”或者其它名称,在本申请中不进行限定。7. Network coding layer: The network coding layer refers to the protocol layer with network coding function. The network coding layer can be RRC layer, SDAP layer, PDCP layer, BAP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, or PHY layer with network coding function. One or more of the protocol layers. The specific layer is not limited in this application. The network coding layer can also be a new protocol layer other than the above protocol layer, for example, the new protocol layer can be above the PDCP layer, above the BAP layer, between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer, between the RLC layer and the MAC layer Between layers, or between the MAC layer and the PHY layer, the position of the new protocol layer may not be limited in this application. In this embodiment of the application, the term "network coding layer" may also be referred to as "codec layer", "codec layer", "network codec layer", "network codec layer", "network codec layer" , "network encoding/decoding layer" or other names are not limited in this application.
8、对应于网络编码的译码:网络编码的译码是网络编码的逆过程,利用接收到的编码数据,通过对编码数据对应矩阵的逆矩阵与编码数据相乘可以恢复出原数据包。8. Decoding corresponding to network coding: The decoding of network coding is the inverse process of network coding. Using the received coded data, the original data packet can be recovered by multiplying the inverse matrix of the corresponding matrix of the coded data with the coded data.
9、协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU):协议实体之间传递的数据单元,PDU包含来自上层的信息和当前层的实体附加的信息,这个PDU会被传送到下一较低的层。9. Protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU): A data unit passed between protocol entities. The PDU contains information from the upper layer and additional information from the entity of the current layer. This PDU will be transmitted to the next lower layer.
10、服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU):协议层之间传递的数据单元,是来自上层的数据或者要传给上层的数据。10. Service data unit (service data unit, SDU): The data unit transmitted between the protocol layers is the data from the upper layer or the data to be transmitted to the upper layer.
LTE系统中,RLC层包括重排序功能,从而可以保证接收端RLC层向PDCP层按序递交数据(也就是说,PDCP层从RLC层收到的数据一定是按序的)。因此,正常情况下(除切换场景之外),PDCP层不需要开启重排序功能,也可以保证接收端PDCP层向其上层按序递交数据。In the LTE system, the RLC layer includes a reordering function, so as to ensure that the RLC layer at the receiving end delivers data to the PDCP layer in order (that is, the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer must be in order). Therefore, under normal circumstances (except for switching scenarios), the PDCP layer does not need to enable the reordering function, and it can also ensure that the PDCP layer at the receiving end delivers data to its upper layer in order.
不同于LTE系统,NR系统中,RLC层取消了重排序功能,而将重排序功能上移到PDCP层来实现。也就是说,NR系统中,PDCP层从RLC层收到的数据有可能是乱序的。PDCP层对从RLC层接收到的乱序的数据进行重排序之后,再按序将数据向其上层递交。Different from the LTE system, in the NR system, the RLC layer cancels the reordering function, and moves the reordering function up to the PDCP layer for implementation. That is to say, in the NR system, the data received by the PDCP layer from the RLC layer may be out of order. The PDCP layer reorders the out-of-order data received from the RLC layer, and then submits the data to its upper layer in order.
具体地,PDCP层由至少一个PDCP实体组成,一个PDCP实体对应一个DRB。如图6所示,对接收PDCP实体而言,它只在接收窗口内接收PDU。也就是说,若接收PDCP收到不在接收窗口内的PDU,将直接丢弃该PDU。接收端PDCP实体基于重排序定时器(t-reordering)超时机制来进行推窗。当接收端PDCP实体收到乱序PDU则开始启动重排序定时器,一旦重排序定时器超时,则推动接收窗下限向前移动。Specifically, the PDCP layer is composed of at least one PDCP entity, and one PDCP entity corresponds to one DRB. As shown in Figure 6, for a receiving PDCP entity, it only receives PDUs within the receiving window. That is to say, if the receiving PDCP receives a PDU that is not within the receiving window, it will directly discard the PDU. The PDCP entity at the receiving end performs window pushing based on a reordering timer (t-reordering) timeout mechanism. When the PDCP entity at the receiving end receives out-of-sequence PDUs, it starts the reordering timer. Once the reordering timer expires, it pushes the lower limit of the receiving window forward.
然而,现有方案只涉及到没有引入NC功能的情况下,接收端RLC层/PDCP层的工作机制。而没有考虑引入NC功能之后,接收端RLC层/PDCP层如何工作的问题。However, the existing solution only involves the working mechanism of the RLC layer/PDCP layer at the receiving end without introducing the NC function. However, after the introduction of the NC function, how the receiving end RLC layer/PDCP layer works is not considered.
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种传输数据的方法,以期解决接收端如何递交译码后的原始数据的问题。In view of this, the present application provides a data transmission method in order to solve the problem of how the receiving end submits the decoded original data.
下面结合附图说明本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法。The method for transmitting data provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,下文为便于理解和说明,以接收设备作为各个实施例的执行方法的执行主体为例,对各个实施例的方法进行说明。但这不应对本申请提供的方法的执行主体构成限定。例如,下文实施例中的接收设备可以替换为配置于接收设备中的部件(如芯片或电路等)。It should be understood that, for ease of understanding and description, the method in each embodiment will be described below by taking the receiving device as an execution subject of the method in each embodiment as an example. However, this should not limit the execution subject of the method provided in this application. For example, the receiving device in the following embodiments may be replaced with components (such as chips or circuits, etc.) configured in the receiving device.
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是接收设备,或者,是接收设备中能够执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed according to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application The method may be used for communication. For example, the execution body of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a receiving device, or a functional module capable of executing a program in the receiving device.
下文实施例中接收设备可以是上述的终端设备、网络设备或IAB节点。In the following embodiments, the receiving device may be the above-mentioned terminal device, network device or IAB node.
需要说明的是,下文实施例中描述的数据包是上述的系统包,或者是上述的冗余包,或者是上述的原数据包。It should be noted that the data packets described in the following embodiments are the above-mentioned system packets, or the above-mentioned redundant packets, or the above-mentioned original data packets.
图7是本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法的示意性流程图。如图7所示,方法700可以包括S710和S720,下面详细描述方法700中的各步骤。Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the method 700 may include S710 and S720 , and each step in the method 700 will be described in detail below.
S710,接收设备通过第一实体接收T个数据包,T个数据包属于K个数据包,K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系, 或者,K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充。T、K、N和M都为正整数,K大于T,K大于N。S710, the receiving device receives T data packets through the first entity, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N The original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship, or, K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N The original data packet is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding. T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
其中,在K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包的情况下,N个系统包与N个原数据包一一对应,即一个系统包是根据一个原数据包得到的,例如,对一个原数据包添加NC头之后形成一个系统包。(K-N)个冗余包是对N个原数据包进行网络编码得到的。更多关于系统包和冗余包的描述可以参考上文的描述。示例性地,根据M个原始数据得到N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包的过程可以参考图4。Among them, in the case where the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the N system packets correspond to the N original data packets one by one, that is, one system packet is obtained according to one original data packet , for example, a system packet is formed after adding an NC header to an original data packet. The (K-N) redundant packets are obtained by performing network coding on the N original data packets. For more descriptions about system packages and redundant packages, please refer to the description above. Exemplarily, reference may be made to FIG. 4 for a process of obtaining N system packages and (K-N) redundant packages according to M original data.
在K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)冗余包的情况下,K个数据包与N个原数据包满足的编码关系为:K个数据包是对N个原数据包进行编码处理得到的。其中,K个数据包包括的N个系统包分别是N个原数据包经过单位向量的系数因子编码并添加编码包包头生成的。或者,在K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)冗余包的情况下,K个数据包与N个原数据包满足的编码关系为:K个数据包包括的(K-N)个冗余包是对N个原数据包进行编码处理得到的,且K个数据包包括的N个系统包是分别对N个原数据包添加编码包包头生成的。也即,编码关系也包括添加编码包包头。In the case where K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the coding relationship between K data packets and N original data packets is as follows: K data packets encode N original data packets dealt with. Wherein, the N system packets included in the K data packets are respectively generated by encoding the N original data packets with the coefficient factor of the unit vector and adding the coded packet header. Or, in the case that K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the coding relationship between K data packets and N original data packets is: (K-N) redundant packets included in K data packets The remaining packets are obtained by encoding the N original data packets, and the N system packets included in the K data packets are generated by adding encoded packet headers to the N original data packets respectively. That is, the encoding relationship also includes adding an encoded packet header.
在K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包的情况下,(K-N)个冗余包是对N个原数据包进行网络编码得到的。更多关于原数据包和冗余包的描述可以参考上文的描述。示例性地,根据M个原始数据得到N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包的过程可以参考图3。In the case that the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, the (K-N) redundant packets are obtained by performing network coding on the N original data packets. For more descriptions about original data packets and redundant packets, please refer to the description above. Exemplarily, reference may be made to FIG. 3 for a process of obtaining N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets according to M original data.
本申请实施例对原始数据的类型不做限定,原始数据可以是SDU,也可以是PDU。即,原始数据可以是SDAP SDU,也可以是SDAP PDU;或者,原始数据可以是PDCP SDU,也可以是PDCP PDU;或者,原始数据可以是RLC SDU,也可以是RLC PDU;或者,原始数据可以是MAC SDU,也可以是MAC PDU;或者,在中继传输场景中,原始数据可以是回程适配协议(backhaul adaptation protocol,BAP)SDU,也可以是BAP PDU。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of original data, and the original data may be SDU or PDU. That is, the original data can be SDAP SDU or SDAP PDU; or, the original data can be PDCP SDU or PDCP PDU; or, the original data can be RLC SDU or RLC PDU; or, the original data can be It can be a MAC SDU or a MAC PDU; or, in a relay transmission scenario, the original data can be a backhaul adaptation protocol (BAP) SDU or a BAP PDU.
S720,接收设备通过第一实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据。S720. The receiving device submits the original data through the first entity in the first delivery manner or in the second submission manner.
示例性地,接收设备通过第一实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式向第一实体的上层递交原始数据。例如,第一实体是PDCP实体,接收设备通过PDCP实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式向SDAP层递交原始数据。Exemplarily, the receiving device submits the original data to the upper layer of the first entity through the first entity in the first delivery manner or in the second submission manner. For example, the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the receiving device submits the original data to the SDAP layer through the PDCP entity in the first delivery manner or in the second delivery manner.
又示例性地,接收设备通过第一实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式向NC模块之后的处理模块递交原始数据。这种情况下,第一实体包括NC模块,该NC模块用于实现NC功能。例如,网络编码功能位于PDCP层内,比如具体位于PDCP层的头压缩功能之后和安全功能之前,由NC模块来实现,这种情况下,第一实体是PDCP实体,NC模块之后的处理模块是头解压缩模块,则接收设备通过PDCP实体,具体的,PDCP实体中的NC模块,以第一递交方式或第二递交方式向PDCP实体中的头解压缩模块递交原始数据。In another example, the receiving device submits the original data to the processing module after the NC module through the first entity in the first submission manner or in the second submission manner. In this case, the first entity includes an NC module for implementing NC functions. For example, the network coding function is located in the PDCP layer, such as after the header compression function of the PDCP layer and before the security function, and is implemented by the NC module. In this case, the first entity is the PDCP entity, and the processing module after the NC module is The header decompression module, the receiving device submits the original data to the header decompression module in the PDCP entity through the PDCP entity, specifically, the NC module in the PDCP entity in the first delivery mode or the second submission mode.
其中,第一递交方式包括:当对T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据中的一个原始数据时,通过第一实体递交该一个原始数据。Wherein, the first delivery method includes: when performing a network decoding operation on T data packets to recover one original data among M original data, submitting the one original data through the first entity.
第二递交方式包括:当对T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据时,通过第一实体递交该M个原始数据。可以理解,当对接收到数据包进行网络译码操作可以恢复出M个原始数据时,接收设备接收到的数据包的数量不小于原数据包的数量,即T 不小于N。The second delivery method includes: when the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover M original data, the first entity submits the M original data. It can be understood that when the network decoding operation on the received data packets can restore M original data, the number of data packets received by the receiving device is not less than the number of original data packets, that is, T is not less than N.
需要说明的是,在上述第一递交方式或第二递交方式中,接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括以下一项或多项:去编码头、译码、汇聚(分割的逆向操作)、拆分(级联的逆向操作)、去填充、去原数据包包头。例如,T个数据包中包括冗余包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括译码和去编码头。又例如,T个数据包中包括系统包或原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括去原数据包包头。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行分割得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括汇聚。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行级联得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括拆分。再例如,发送设备对M个原始数据进行加填充得到N个原数据包,则接收设备对T个数据包进行的网络译码操作包括去填充。It should be noted that, in the above-mentioned first delivery method or second delivery method, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes one or more of the following: decoding header, decoding, aggregation (segmented reverse operation), split (cascade reverse operation), defill, and remove the original data packet header. For example, if the T data packets include redundant packets, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes decoding and decoding headers. For another example, if the T data packets include system packets or original data packets, the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes removing headers of the original data packets. For another example, if the sending device divides M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes aggregation. For another example, if the sending device concatenates M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on T data packets includes splitting. For another example, if the sending device adds padding to the M original data to obtain N original data packets, then the network decoding operation performed by the receiving device on the T data packets includes de-filling.
应理解,在上述第一递交方式中,当通过T个数据包,比如系统包或原数据包,恢复出来的一个原始数据尚未递交过时,接收设备直接通过第一实体递交该原始数据。反之,若对T个数据包恢复出来的一个原始数据已递交过,则不再递交该原始数据。It should be understood that, in the above-mentioned first delivery mode, when an original data recovered from T data packets, such as system packets or original data packets, has not yet been submitted, the receiving device directly submits the original data through the first entity. Conversely, if an original data recovered from the T data packets has already been delivered, the original data will not be delivered again.
还应理解,在上述第二递交方式中,在T小于N时,根据T个数据包不能恢复出M个原始数据的情况下,接收设备可以缓存T个数据包,直至根据接收到的数据包能恢复出M个原始数据之后,再对接收到的数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据。在接收设备缓存T个数据包的情况下,本申请实施例并不限定接收设备是否通过T个数据包中的系统包或原数据包恢复出M个原始数据中的部分个原始数据。还应理解,即使接收设备对T个数据包中的系统包或原数据包恢复出M个原始数据中的部分个原始数据,接收设备也不会通过第一实体递交该M个原始数据中的部分个原始数据。还应理解,当对T个数据包恢复出该M个原始数据时,接收设备通过第一实体按序递交该M个原始数据。It should also be understood that, in the above-mentioned second delivery method, when T is less than N, and M original data cannot be recovered according to the T data packets, the receiving device may cache T data packets until the received data packets After the M original data can be recovered, the network decoding operation is performed on the received data packet to recover the M original data. In the case where the receiving device caches T data packets, the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the receiving device restores part of the M original data through the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets. It should also be understood that even if the receiving device restores some of the M original data from the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets, the receiving device will not submit any of the M original data through the first entity. part of the original data. It should also be understood that when recovering the M original data from the T data packets, the receiving device delivers the M original data sequentially through the first entity.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面结合图8和图9,以K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包为例,对本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法进行说明,但不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定,下文所述的实施例同样适用于K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包的方案。针对K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包的方案,只需将下文实施例所描述的系统包替换为原数据包即可。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiment of the present application, the method for transmitting data provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, taking K data packets including N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets as an example. However, this embodiment of the present application should not be construed as any limitation, and the embodiments described below are also applicable to the scheme in which K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets. For the solution where K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, it is only necessary to replace the system packets described in the following embodiments with the original data packets.
例如图8中的(a)和图9所示,发送设备将4个原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4执行以下至少一项操作之后:级联、分段、加填充,生成等大小的原数据包X 1、X 2和X 3。发送设备再由原数据包X 1、X 2和X 3生成系统包Y 1、Y 2和Y 3。进一步地,发送设备将原数据包X 1、X 2和X 3进行网络编码处理之后生成冗余包Y 4。再进一步地,发送设备向接收设备依次发送数据包Y 1、Y 2、Y 3和Y 4For example, as shown in (a) in Figure 8 and Figure 9, after the sending device performs at least one of the following operations on the four original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 : concatenation, segmentation, padding, and generation Original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 of equal size. The sending device then generates system packets Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 from the original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 . Further, the sending device generates a redundant packet Y 4 after performing network coding processing on the original data packets X 1 , X 2 and X 3 . Still further, the sending device sequentially sends data packets Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 to the receiving device.
在一种实现方式中,接收设备通过第一实体以第一递交方式递交原始数据。In an implementation manner, the receiving device submits the original data in a first delivery manner through the first entity.
在该实现方式中,对T个数据包恢复出M个原始数据中的一个原始数据有以下几种可能:(1)对T个数据包中的一个系统包恢复出M个原始数据中的一个原始数据;(2)对T个数据包中的多个系统包恢复出M个原始数据中的一个原始数据。In this implementation mode, there are the following possibilities for recovering one of the M original data for the T data packets: (1) recovering one of the M original data for a system package in the T data packets Original data; (2) Recover one original data among the M original data for a plurality of system packets in the T data packets.
例如图8中的(b1)所示,接收设备依次接收到数据包Y 1、Y 3和Y 4,其中,Y 1、Y 3为系统包,Y 4为冗余包。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 1时,接收设备共接收到1个数据包(即T=1)。由于数据包Y 1(系统包)包含完整的原始数据P 1和原始数据P 2的一部分, 则接收设备可以根据该1个数据包Y 1恢复出一个原始数据P 1。由于接收设备还未递交过原始数据P 1,因此接收设备通过第一实体递交原始数据P 1。进一步地,当接收设备接收到数据包Y 3时,接收设备共接收到2个数据包(即T=2)。由于数据包Y 3(系统包)包含原始数据P 3的一部分和完整的原始数据P 4,接收设备可以根据该数据包Y 3恢复出一个原始数据P 4。由于接收设备还未递交过原始数据P 4,因此接收设备通过第一实体递交原始数据P 4。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 4时,接收设备共接收到3个数据包(即T=3)。接收设备可以根据系统包Y 1、Y 3和冗余包Y 4进行网络译码恢复出原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4。由于接收设备已递交过原始数据P 1和P 4,因此接收设备只通过第一实体递交原始数据P 2和P 3For example, as shown in (b1) in FIG. 8 , the receiving device receives data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 1 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet. When the receiving device receives data packet Y 1 , the receiving device receives 1 data packet in total (ie T=1). Since the data packet Y 1 (system packet) includes the complete original data P 1 and a part of the original data P 2 , the receiving device can recover one original data P 1 according to the one data packet Y 1 . Since the receiving device has not submitted the original data P 1 , the receiving device submits the original data P 1 through the first entity. Further, when the receiving device receives the data packet Y3 , the receiving device receives 2 data packets in total (ie T=2). Since the data packet Y 3 (system packet) includes a part of the original data P 3 and the complete original data P 4 , the receiving device can recover an original data P 4 according to the data packet Y 3 . Since the receiving device has not submitted the original data P 4 , the receiving device submits the original data P 4 through the first entity. When the receiving device receives data packet Y 4 , the receiving device receives 3 data packets in total (ie T=3). The receiving device can restore the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 through network decoding according to the system packets Y 1 , Y 3 and redundant packet Y 4 . Since the receiving device has already submitted the original data P 1 and P 4 , the receiving device only submits the original data P 2 and P 3 through the first entity.
例如图8中的(b2)所示,接收设备依次接收到数据包Y 2、Y 3和Y 4,其中,Y 2、Y 3为系统包,Y 4为冗余包。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 2时,接收设备共接收到1个数据包(即T=1)。由于数据包Y 2(系统包)包含原始数据P 2的一部分和原始数据P 3的一部分,则接收设备无法根据该1个数据包恢复出一个原始数据(例如:P 2或P 3)。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 3时,接收设备共接收到2个数据包(即T=2)。由于数据包Y 3(系统包)包含原始数据P 3的一部分和完整的原始数据P 4,则接收设备可以根据该2个数据包恢复出一个原始数据P 3和一个原始数据P 4。由于接收设备还未递交过原始数据P 3和P 4,因此接收设备通过第一实体按序递交原始数据P 3和P 4。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 4时,接收设备共接收到3个数据包(即T=3),接收设备可以根据系统包Y 2、Y 3和冗余包Y 4进行网络译码恢复出原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4。由于接收设备已递交过原始数据P 3和P 4,因此接收设备只通过第一实体递交原始数据P 1和P 2For example, as shown in (b2) in FIG. 8 , the receiving device receives data packets Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 2 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet. When the receiving device receives data packet Y 2 , the receiving device receives 1 data packet in total (ie T=1). Since the data packet Y 2 (system packet) includes a part of the original data P 2 and a part of the original data P 3 , the receiving device cannot recover an original data (for example: P 2 or P 3 ) based on the one data packet. When the receiving device receives data packet Y 3 , the receiving device receives 2 data packets in total (ie T=2). Since the data packet Y 3 (system packet) includes a part of the original data P 3 and the complete original data P 4 , the receiving device can restore an original data P 3 and an original data P 4 according to the two data packets. Since the receiving device has not submitted the original data P 3 and P 4 , the receiving device submits the original data P 3 and P 4 sequentially through the first entity. When the receiving device receives the data packet Y4 , the receiving device has received a total of 3 data packets (that is, T=3), and the receiving device can perform network decoding according to the system packets Y2 , Y3 and redundant packet Y4 to recover the output Raw data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 . Since the receiving device has already submitted the original data P 3 and P 4 , the receiving device only submits the original data P 1 and P 2 through the first entity.
由上述示例可知,在接收设备根据第一递交方式递交原始数据时,若接收设备接收到T个数据包之后,根据T个数据包不能恢复出一个原始数据,则接收设备缓存该T个数据包,并继续接收下一个数据包。例如图8中的(b2)所示,接收设备接收到数据包Y 2之后,根据数据包Y 2不能恢复出一个原始数据,则接收设备缓存该数据包Y 2。进一步地,接收设备接收到数据包Y 3之后,根据数据包Y 2和Y 3恢复出原始数据P 3和P 4,则接收设备再通过第一实体递交原始数据P 3和P 4From the above example, it can be seen that when the receiving device submits the original data according to the first delivery method, if the receiving device receives T data packets and cannot restore one original data according to the T data packets, the receiving device caches the T data packets , and continue to receive the next packet. For example, as shown in (b2) in FIG. 8 , after receiving the data packet Y 2 , the receiving device caches the data packet Y 2 if the original data cannot be recovered from the data packet Y 2 . Further, after receiving the data packet Y3 , the receiving device restores the original data P3 and P4 according to the data packets Y2 and Y3 , and then the receiving device submits the original data P3 and P4 through the first entity.
由上示例还可知,在接收设备根据第一递交方式递交原始数据时,接收设备对T个数据包网络译码可能恢复出不只一个原始数据。例如,图8中的(b1)所示,接收设备接收到数据包Y 1、Y 3、Y 4之后,对数据包Y 1、Y 3和Y 4执行网络译码恢复出4个原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4。因此,接收设备在根据第一递交方式递交原始数据时,不论通过T个数据包恢复出几个原始数据,只要能通过T个数据包恢复出完整的原始数据(而不是恢复出一个原始数据的部分),接收设备就通过第一实体递交恢复出的原始数据。 It can also be known from the above example that when the receiving device submits the original data according to the first delivery method, the receiving device may restore more than one original data by network decoding of the T data packets. For example, as shown in (b1) in Figure 8, after receiving the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4 , the receiving device performs network decoding on the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 , and Y 4 to recover 4 original data P 1 , P2 , P3 and P4 . Therefore, when the receiving device submits the original data according to the first delivery method, no matter how many original data can be recovered through T data packets, as long as the complete original data can be recovered through T data packets (rather than recovering one original data part), the receiving device submits the recovered original data through the first entity.
在本申请实施例中,接收设备在接收到T个数据包之后,一旦可以通过接收到的T个数据包恢复出一个原始数据,或者一旦可以对T个数据包中的部分数据包执行网络译码恢复出一组原始数据,则接收设备就通过第一实体递交恢复出的原始数据,从而解决了接收设备如何递交网络译码恢复出的原始数据的问题。此外,根据上述方法还可以保障传输数据的时延要求。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving T data packets, once the receiving device can recover an original data from the received T data packets, or once it can perform network translation for some of the T data packets code to recover a set of original data, the receiving device submits the recovered original data through the first entity, thus solving the problem of how the receiving device submits the original data recovered by network decoding. In addition, according to the above method, the time delay requirement for transmitting data can also be guaranteed.
在另一种实现方式中,接收设备通过第一实体以第二递交方式递交原始数据。In another implementation manner, the receiving device submits the original data in a second delivery manner through the first entity.
例如图9所示,接收设备依次接收到数据包Y 1、Y 3和Y 4,其中,Y 1、Y 3为系统包, Y 4为冗余包。当接收设备接收到数据包Y 1时,接收设备共接收到1个数据包(即T=1)。接收设备根据该1个数据包不能恢复出M个原始数据(P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4),则接收设备缓存数据包Y 1。进一步地,当接收设备接收到数据包Y 3时,接收设备共接收到2个数据包(即T=2)。接收设备根据该2个数据包依然不能恢复出M个原始数据,则接收设备缓存数据包Y 3。再进一步地,当接收设备接收到数据包Y 4时,接收设备共接收到3个数据包(即T=3)。接收设备根据该3个数据包可以恢复出M个原始数据,则接收设备对数据包Y 1、Y 3和Y 4执行网络译码恢复出原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4之后,通过第一实体按序递交原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4For example, as shown in FIG. 9 , the receiving device receives data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 sequentially, wherein Y 1 and Y 3 are system packets, and Y 4 is a redundant packet. When the receiving device receives data packet Y 1 , the receiving device receives 1 data packet in total (ie T=1). If the receiving device cannot recover M original data (P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 ) based on the one data packet, the receiving device buffers the data packet Y 1 . Further, when the receiving device receives the data packet Y3 , the receiving device receives 2 data packets in total (ie T=2). If the receiving device still cannot recover the M original data according to the two data packets, the receiving device buffers the data packet Y 3 . Still further, when the receiving device receives data packet Y 4 , the receiving device receives 3 data packets in total (that is, T=3). The receiving device can restore M original data according to the 3 data packets, then the receiving device performs network decoding on the data packets Y 1 , Y 3 and Y 4 to restore the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 , the first entity submits the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 in sequence.
应理解,在该实现方式中,即使接收设备根据接收到T个数据包可以恢复出M个原始数据中的部分个原始数据,接收设备也不会通过第一实体递交原始数据。例如图9所示,接收设备接收到数据包Y 1之后,即使可以根据数据包Y 1恢复出一个原始数据P 1,接收设备也不会通过第一实体递交原始数据P 1。而是在原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4之后,再通过第一实体递交原始数据P 1、P 2、P 3和P 4It should be understood that in this implementation manner, even if the receiving device can restore some of the M original data according to the received T data packets, the receiving device will not submit the original data through the first entity. For example, as shown in FIG. 9 , after the receiving device receives the data packet Y 1 , even if an original data P 1 can be recovered according to the data packet Y 1 , the receiving device will not submit the original data P 1 through the first entity. Instead, after the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 , the first entity submits the original data P 1 , P 2 , P 3 and P 4 .
在本申请实施例中,接收设备在接收到T个数据包之后,一旦可以根据接收到T个数据包恢复出M个原始数据,就通过第一实体递交该M个原始数据,从而解决了接收设备如何递交网络译码恢复出的原始数据的问题。此外,根据上述方法,递交的原始数据是按序的,从而简化接收原始数据的实体(或模块)的处理逻辑。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving T data packets, once the receiving device can recover M original data according to the received T data packets, it submits the M original data through the first entity, thereby solving the problem of receiving How the device submits the original data recovered by network decoding. In addition, according to the above method, the submitted raw data is sequential, thereby simplifying the processing logic of the entity (or module) receiving the raw data.
如上所述,本申请实施例对原始数据的类型不做限定,因此,应理解,对于不同类型的原始数据,NC功能将由不同的协议层实现。As mentioned above, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of original data. Therefore, it should be understood that for different types of original data, NC functions will be implemented by different protocol layers.
例如,若原始数据的类型是SDAP SDU,则NC功能由SDAP层实现。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过SDAP实体对SDAP SDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过SDAP实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复SDAP SDU之后,通过SDAP实体递交SDAP SDU(即递交到网际协议(internet protocol,IP)层)。For example, if the type of raw data is SDAP SDU, the NC function is implemented by the SDAP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the SDAP SDU through the SDAP entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the SDAP entity to restore the SDAP SDU, it submits the SDAP SDU through the SDAP entity (that is, submits it to the Internet Protocol (internet protocol, IP) layer).
又例如,若原始数据的类型是SDAP PDU,则NC功能可以由SDAP层实现,或者由NC层实现,或者由PDCP层实现,NC层位于SDAP层和PDCP层之间。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过SDAP实体/NC实体/PDCP实体对SDAP PDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过SDAP实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复SDAP PDU之后,通过SDAP实体递交SDAP PDU(即递交到SDAP实体中的NC模块之后的处理模块,例如,递交到SDAP去头模块进行拆除SDAP PDU的头字段的处理)。或者,接收设备通过NC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复SDAP PDU之后,通过NC实体递交SDAP PDU(即递交到SDAP层)。或者,接收设备通过PDCP实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复SDAP PDU之后,通过PDCP实体递交SDAP PDU(即递交到SDAP层)。For another example, if the type of the original data is SDAP PDU, then the NC function can be realized by the SDAP layer, or by the NC layer, or by the PDCP layer, and the NC layer is located between the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the SDAP PDU through the SDAP entity/NC entity/PDCP entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the SDAP entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the SDAP entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the SDAP entity, For example, it is submitted to the SDAP header module to remove the header field of the SDAP PDU). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the SDAP PDU, it submits the SDAP PDU through the PDCP entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer).
再例如,若原始数据的类型是PDCP SDU,则NC功能可以由PDCP层实现。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过PDCP实体对PDCP SDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过PDCP实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复PDCP SDU之后,通过PDCP实体递交PDCP SDU(即递交到SDAP层,或者,递交到PDCP实体中的NC模块之后的处理模块,例如:递交到头解压缩模块)。For another example, if the type of the original data is PDCP SDU, the NC function can be implemented by the PDCP layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the PDCP SDU through the PDCP entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the PDCP SDU, it submits the PDCP SDU through the PDCP entity (that is, submits it to the SDAP layer, or submits it to the PDCP entity in the PDCP entity) The processing module after the NC module, for example: submitting to the header decompression module).
再例如,若原始数据的类型是PDCP PDU,则NC功能可以由PDCP层实现,或者由NC层实现,或者由RLC层实现,NC层位于PDCP层和RLC层之间。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过PDCP实体/NC实体/RLC实体对PDCP PDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过PDCP实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复PDCP PDU之后,通过PDCP实体递交PDCP PDU(即递交到PDCP实体中的NC模块之后的处理模块,例如,递交到PDCP去头模块进行拆除PDCP PDU的头字段的处理)。或者,接收设备通过NC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复PDCP PDU之后,通过NC实体递交PDCP PDU(即递交到PDCP层)。或者,接收设备通过RLC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复PDCP PDU之后,通过RLC实体递交PDCP PDU(即递交到PDCP层)。For another example, if the type of the original data is PDCP PDU, the NC function may be implemented by the PDCP layer, or by the NC layer, or by the RLC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the RLC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the PDCP PDU through the PDCP entity/NC entity/RLC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PDCP entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the PDCP entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the PDCP entity, For example, it is submitted to the PDCP header removal module to remove the header field of the PDCP PDU). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to restore the PDCP PDU, it submits the PDCP PDU through the RLC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer).
再例如,若原始数据的类型是RLC SDU,则NC功能由RLC层实现。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过RLC实体对RLC SDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过RLC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作得到RLC SDU之后,通过RLC实体递交RLC SDU(即递交到PDCP层)。For another example, if the type of the original data is RLC SDU, the NC function is implemented by the RLC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the RLC SDU through the RLC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operations on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to obtain the RLC SDU, it submits the RLC SDU through the RLC entity (that is, submits it to the PDCP layer).
再例如,若原始数据的类型是RLC PDU,则NC功能可以由RLC层实现,或者由NC层实现,或者由在MAC层实现,NC层位于RLC层和MAC层之间。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过RLC实体/NC实体/MAC实体对RLC PDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过RLC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复RLC PDU之后,通过RLC实体递交RLC PDU(即递交到RLC实体中的NC模块之后的处理模块,例如,递交到RLC去头模块进行拆除RLC PDU的头字段的处理)。或者,接收设备通过NC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复RLC PDU之后,通过NC实体递交RLC PDU(即递交到RLC层)。或者,接收设备通过MAC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复RLC PDU之后,通过MAC实体递交RLC PDU(即递交到RLC层)。For another example, if the type of the original data is RLC PDU, then the NC function can be realized by the RLC layer, or by the NC layer, or by the MAC layer, and the NC layer is located between the RLC layer and the MAC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the RLC PDU through the RLC entity/NC entity/MAC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the RLC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the RLC entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the RLC entity, For example, it is submitted to the RLC header module to remove the header field of the RLC PDU). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the NC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the RLC PDU, it submits the RLC PDU through the MAC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer).
再例如,若原始数据的类型是MAC SDU,则NC功能由MAC层实现。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过MAC实体对MAC SDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过MAC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复MAC SDU之后,通过MAC实体递交MAC SDU(即递交到RLC层)。For another example, if the type of the original data is MAC SDU, the NC function is implemented by the MAC layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the MAC SDU through the MAC entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the MAC SDU, it submits the MAC SDU through the MAC entity (that is, submits it to the RLC layer).
再例如,若原始数据类型是MAC PDU,则NC功能可以由MAC层实现,或者由NC层实现,或者由PHY层实现,NC层位于MAC层和PHY层之间。也就是说,对于发送设备而言,发送设备通过MAC实体/NC实体/PHY实体对MAC PDU进行网络编码得到K个数据包。对于接收设备而言,接收设备通过MAC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复MAC PDU之后,通过MAC实体递交MAC PDU(即递交到MAC实体中的NC模块之后的处理模块,例如,递交到HARQ处理模块)。或者,接收设备通过NC实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复MAC PDU之后,通过NC实体递交MAC PDU(即递交到MAC层)。或者,接收设备通过PHY实体对接收到的T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复MAC PDU之后,通过PHY实体递交MAC PDU(即递交到MAC层)。For another example, if the original data type is MAC PDU, then the NC function can be realized by the MAC layer, or by the NC layer, or by the PHY layer, and the NC layer is located between the MAC layer and the PHY layer. That is to say, for the sending device, the sending device performs network coding on the MAC PDU through the MAC entity/NC entity/PHY entity to obtain K data packets. For the receiving device, after the receiving device performs network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the MAC entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the MAC entity (that is, the processing module after the NC module in the MAC entity, For example, submitted to the HARQ processing module). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the NC entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the NC entity (ie, submits it to the MAC layer). Or, after the receiving device performs a network decoding operation on the received T data packets through the PHY entity to restore the MAC PDU, it submits the MAC PDU through the PHY entity (that is, submits it to the MAC layer).
如上所述,对于接收设备来说,NC功能中的网络译码可以由SDAP层或NC层实现, NC层位于PDCP与SDAP层之间。或者,NC功能中的网络译码操作还可以由PDCP层实现。或者,NC功能中的网络译码操作还可以由RLC层实现。As mentioned above, for the receiving device, the network decoding in the NC function can be implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the PDCP and the SDAP layer. Alternatively, the network decoding operation in the NC function can also be implemented by the PDCP layer. Alternatively, the network decoding operation in the NC function can also be implemented by the RLC layer.
可选地,若网络译码操作由SDAP层或NC层实现,NC层位于SDAP层与PDCP层之间,方法700还包括:接收设备开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能。Optionally, if the network decoding operation is implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the SDAP layer and the PDCP layer, the method 700 further includes: the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity.
也就是说,即使PDCP实体从下层(例如RLC层)接收到未按序到达的PDCP PDU,PDCP实体也可以直接将该乱序到达的PDCP PDU恢复出PDCP SDU递交到上层进行处理,而无需等到PDCP重排序定时器超时之后再按序将收到的PDCP PDU恢复出PDCP SDU,并向上递交恢复出的PDCP SDU。其中,PDCP SDU为K个数据包中的一个数据包,或者PDCP SDU中包含一个数据包。例如,若PDCP实体从下层接收到PDCP PDU#2,PDCP PDU#2对应的PDCP SDU中包含K个数据包中的数据包#2,但是PDCP实体没有接收到PDCP PDU#1,PDCP PDU#1对应的PDCP SDU中包含K个数据包中的数据包#1,则PDCP实体恢复出PDCP SDU后可以直接将数据包#2递交到上层,而不必等到接收到PDCP PDU#1并恢复出PDCP PDU#1和PDCP PDU#2分别对应的PDCP SDU之后,再将数据包#1和数据包#2按序递交到上层。That is to say, even if the PDCP entity receives out-of-order PDCP PDUs from the lower layer (such as the RLC layer), the PDCP entity can directly recover the out-of-order PDCP PDUs from the PDCP SDU and submit them to the upper layer for processing without waiting until After the PDCP reordering timer expires, the received PDCP PDUs are restored to PDCP SDUs in order, and the restored PDCP SDUs are submitted upwards. Wherein, the PDCP SDU is one data packet in the K data packets, or the PDCP SDU contains one data packet. For example, if the PDCP entity receives PDCP PDU#2 from the lower layer, the PDCP SDU corresponding to PDCP PDU#2 contains data packet #2 in the K data packets, but the PDCP entity does not receive PDCP PDU#1, PDCP PDU#1 The corresponding PDCP SDU contains data packet #1 among the K data packets, then the PDCP entity can directly submit data packet #2 to the upper layer after recovering the PDCP SDU, without having to wait until receiving PDCP PDU#1 and recovering the PDCP PDU After #1 and PDCP PDU#2 respectively correspond to PDCP SDUs, then data packet #1 and data packet #2 are delivered to the upper layer in sequence.
如图8所示,即使接收设备接收到的数据包是不连续的,接收设备也可以恢复出全部原始数据。因此,在接收设备开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能的情况下,并不影响SDAP实体或NC实体的译码流程,反而可以保证数据传输的时延要求。As shown in FIG. 8, even if the data packets received by the receiving device are discontinuous, the receiving device can recover all the original data. Therefore, when the receiving device enables the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity, it does not affect the decoding process of the SDAP entity or the NC entity, but can guarantee the delay requirement of data transmission.
可选地,网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,方法700还包括:接收设备关闭PDCP实体的重排序功能。例如,接收设备将PDCP实体的重排序定时器置为0。也就是说,若PDCP实体从下层(例如RLC层)接收到未按序到达的PDCP PDU,则PDCP实体可以直接将乱序到达PDCP PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理。例如,若PDCP实体从下层接收到PDCP PDU#2,PDCP PDU#2包含数据包#2,但是PDCP实体没有接收到PDCP PDU#1,PDCP PDU#1包含数据包#1,则PDCP实体可以直接将数据包#2送到译码器进行译码处理,而不必等到接收到PDCP PDU#1之后,再将数据包#1和数据包#2按序递交到译码器进行译码处理。Optionally, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the method 700 further includes: the receiving device disables the reordering function of the PDCP entity. For example, the receiving device sets the reordering timer of the PDCP entity to 0. That is to say, if the PDCP entity receives PDCP PDUs that arrive out of order from the lower layer (such as the RLC layer), the PDCP entity can directly send the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs to the decoder for decoding processing. For example, if the PDCP entity receives PDCP PDU #2 from the lower layer, and PDCP PDU #2 contains packet #2, but the PDCP entity does not receive PDCP PDU #1, and PDCP PDU #1 contains packet #1, then the PDCP entity can directly Send data packet #2 to the decoder for decoding processing, instead of waiting for receiving PDCP PDU#1, and then submit data packet #1 and data packet #2 to the decoder in sequence for decoding processing.
可选地,网络译码操作由PDCP层实现时,还存在接收设备的PDCP实体何时滑动PDCP接收窗口下限问题。或者,网络译码操作由RLC层实现时,在RLC确认模式(acknowledgement mode,AM)下,同样存在接收设备的RLC实体何时滑动RLC接收窗口下限的问题。Optionally, when the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, there is also a problem of when the PDCP entity of the receiving device slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window. Alternatively, when the network decoding operation is implemented by the RLC layer, in the RLC acknowledgment mode (AM), there is also a problem of when the RLC entity of the receiving device slides the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
下面结合图10至图13说明在引入NC功能的情况下,接收设备的PDCP实体和/或RLC实体何时滑动接收窗口下限的问题。The following describes the problem of when the PDCP entity and/or RLC entity of the receiving device slides the lower limit of the receiving window when the NC function is introduced with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .
图10是本申请实施例提供的数据处理的方法的示意性流程图。如图10所示,方法1000可以包括S1010和S1020,下面详细描述方法1000中的各步骤。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method 1000 may include S1010 and S1020 , and each step in the method 1000 will be described in detail below.
S1010,第一实体接收T个数据包,T个数据包属于K个数据包,K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充。T、K、N和M都为正整数,K大于T,K大于N。S1010, the first entity receives T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets It is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding. T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
其中,关于K个数据包的更多描述可以参考上文S710。Wherein, for more description about the K data packets, reference may be made to S710 above.
应理解,在S1010中,第一实体接收到的T个数据包包含在PDU中。也就是说,第一实体接收到T个PDU,T个PDU与T个数据包对应,即每个PDU中都包含一个数据包(例如,每个数据包经过加头处理后生成PDU)。It should be understood that, in S1010, the T data packets received by the first entity are included in the PDU. That is to say, the first entity receives T PDUs, and the T PDUs correspond to T data packets, that is, each PDU contains a data packet (for example, each data packet generates a PDU after header processing).
S1020,当重排序定时器处于开启状态,第一实体将T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理。S1020, when the reordering timer is on, the first entity sends part or all of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing.
其中,重排序定时器的开启由T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU触发。例如图13所示,当第一实体接收到PDU1(SN=1)、PDU3(SN=3)、PDU5(SN=5)和PDU6(SN=6)时,PDU3和PDU5分别与前一个PDU的SN不连续(PDU3与PDU1的SN不连续,PDU5与PDU3的SN不连续),由于PDU5的SN比PDU3的SN大,因此,重排序定时器的开启由PDU5触发。Wherein, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the T PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU. For example, as shown in Figure 13, when the first entity receives PDU1 (SN=1), PDU3 (SN=3), PDU5 (SN=5) and PDU6 (SN=6), PDU3 and PDU5 are respectively the same as the previous PDU The SNs are discontinuous (the SNs of PDU3 and PDU1 are discontinuous, and the SNs of PDU5 and PDU3 are discontinuous). Since the SN of PDU5 is larger than that of PDU3, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by PDU5.
T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与接收窗口下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包。应理解,当重排序定时器处于开启状态时,若第一实体将T个数据包中的部分送到译码器进行译码处理,则第一实体在重排序定时器开启之前将T个数据包中序号与接收窗口下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理。需要说明的是,由于T个数据包与T个PDU一一对应,因此可以认为T个数据包中每个数据包的序号分别是对应的PDU的SN。T个PDU是在接收窗口内接收到的。Part of the T data packets includes data packets other than data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets at the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that when the reordering timer is on, if the first entity sends part of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing, the first entity sends the T data packets before the reordering timer is on. The data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet at the lower limit of the receiving window are sent to the decoder for decoding processing. It should be noted that since the T data packets correspond to the T PDUs one-to-one, it can be considered that the sequence number of each data packet in the T data packets is the SN of the corresponding PDU. T PDUs are received within the receive window.
例如接收窗口下限的数据包的序号是1,当第一实体接收到PDU1(SN=1)、PDU2(SN=2)、PDU5(SN=5)和PDU6(SN=6)时,重排序定时器由PDU5触发,在重排序定时器处于开启状态,第一实体可以将PDU1包含的数据包、PDU2包含的数据包、PDU5包含的数据包以及PDU6包含的数据包都递交到译码器进行译码处理。或者,在重排序定时开启之前,第一实体将PDU1包含的数据包和PDU2包含的数据包递交到译码器进行译码处理,在重排序定时器处于开启状态时,第一实体将PDU5包含的数据包以及PDU6包含的数据包递交到译码器进行译码处理,For example, the sequence number of the packet receiving the lower limit of the window is 1. When the first entity receives PDU1 (SN=1), PDU2 (SN=2), PDU5 (SN=5) and PDU6 (SN=6), the reordering timing The decoder is triggered by PDU5. When the reordering timer is on, the first entity can submit the data packets contained in PDU1, PDU2, PDU5, and PDU6 to the decoder for decoding. code processing. Or, before the reordering timer starts, the first entity submits the data packets contained in PDU1 and the data packets contained in PDU2 to the decoder for decoding processing, and when the reordering timer is on, the first entity sends the data packets contained in PDU5 The data packet and the data packet contained in PDU6 are submitted to the decoder for decoding processing,
示例性地,第一实体是PDCP实体,T个PDU是T个PDCP PDU,重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口。Exemplarily, the first entity is a PDCP entity, the T PDUs are T PDCP PDUs, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, and the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window.
又示例性地,第一实体是RLC实体,T个PDU是T个RLC PDU,重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,接收窗口是RLC接收窗口。Also exemplary, the first entity is an RLC entity, the T PDUs are T RLC PDUs, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, and the receiving window is an RLC receiving window.
在S1020中,即使重排序定时器已经处于开启状态,第一实体也会将T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行处理。也就是说,在S1020中,第一实体并不关注接收到的PDU的SN与前一个PDU的SN是否是连续的,只要第一实体从下层接收到一个PDU,就可以将该PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理。应理解,第一实体只会将在接收窗口内接收到的PDU包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理,而不会将在接收窗口外接收的PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理。In S1020, even if the reordering timer is already on, the first entity will send some or all of the T data packets to the decoder for processing. That is to say, in S1020, the first entity does not pay attention to whether the SN of the received PDU is continuous with the SN of the previous PDU, as long as the first entity receives a PDU from the lower layer, it can The data packet is sent to the decoder for processing. It should be understood that the first entity will only send data packets contained in PDUs received within the receiving window to the decoder for processing, but will not send data packets contained in PDUs received outside the receiving window to the decoder to process.
下面结合图11,以第一实体是PDCP实体、T个PDU是PDCP DPU、接口窗口是PDCP接口窗口为例进行说明。In the following, in conjunction with FIG. 11 , the first entity is a PDCP entity, the T PDUs are PDCP DPUs, and the interface window is a PDCP interface window for example.
例如图11所示,发送PDCP实体通过NC功能对序号分别为1、2、3的PDCP SDU进行网络编码功能处理之后,得到SN分别为0、1、2、3的PDCP PDU。其中,SN为0的PDCP PDU和SN为1的PDCP PDU包含系统包,SN为2的PDCP PDU和SN为3的PDCP PDU包含冗余包。或者,SN为0的PDCP PDU和SN为1的PDCP PDU包含原数 据包,SN为2的PDCP PDU和SN为3的PDCP PDU包含冗余包。For example, as shown in Figure 11, after the sending PDCP entity performs network coding function processing on the PDCP SDUs with sequence numbers 1, 2, and 3 through the NC function, PDCP PDUs with SNs 0, 1, 2, and 3 are obtained. Among them, the PDCP PDU with SN 0 and the PDCP PDU with SN 1 contain system packets, and the PDCP PDU with SN 2 and PDCP PDU with SN 3 contain redundant packets. Alternatively, PDCP PDUs with SN 0 and PDCP PDUs with SN 1 contain the original data packets, and PDCP PDUs with SN 2 and PDCP PDUs with SN 3 contain redundant packets.
相应地,如图11所示,接收PDCP实体接收到SN分别为0、2、3的PDCP PDU(即T=3)。当接收PDCP实体接收到SN为0的PDCP PDU时,由于SN为0的PDCP PDU的序号等于接收窗口下限,因此,接收PDCP实体将SN为0的PDCP PDU中包含的系统包或原数据包送到译码器进行处理。当接收PDCP实体接收到SN为2的PDCP PDU时,发现SN为2的PDCP PDU与SN为0的PDCP PDU的序号不连续,即SN为2的PDCP PDU是乱序到达的,因此开启PDCP重排序定时器,并继续将SN为2的PDCP PDU中包含的冗余包送到译码器进行译码处理。当接收PDCP实体接收到SN为2的PDCP PDU之后,即使PDCP重排序定时器已经处于开启状态,接收PDCP实体依然将SN为2的PDCP PDU包含的冗余包送到译码器进行处理。Correspondingly, as shown in FIG. 11 , the receiving PDCP entity receives PDCP PDUs whose SNs are 0, 2, and 3 respectively (that is, T=3). When the receiving PDCP entity receives a PDCP PDU with an SN of 0, since the sequence number of the PDCP PDU with an SN of 0 is equal to the lower limit of the receiving window, the receiving PDCP entity sends the system packet or original data packet contained in the PDCP PDU with an SN of 0 to to the decoder for processing. When the receiving PDCP entity receives the PDCP PDU with SN 2, it finds that the sequence numbers of the PDCP PDU with SN 2 and the PDCP PDU with SN 0 are not consecutive, that is, the PDCP PDU with SN 2 arrives out of order, so the PDCP retry is enabled. Sort the timer, and continue to send the redundant packets contained in the PDCP PDU with SN 2 to the decoder for decoding processing. After the receiving PDCP entity receives the PDCP PDU with SN of 2, even if the PDCP reordering timer is already on, the receiving PDCP entity still sends the redundant packets contained in the PDCP PDU with SN of 2 to the decoder for processing.
可选地,方法1000还包括:对T个数据包执行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据之后,第一实体停止/重启重排序定时器。Optionally, the method 1000 further includes: after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore M original data, the first entity stops/restarts the reordering timer.
可选地,方法1000还包括:对T个数据包执行网络译码操作恢复出M个原始数据之后,第一实体滑动接收窗口的下限。应理解,上文所述的T个PDU是在接收窗口内接收到的。Optionally, the method 1000 further includes: after performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to recover M original data, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that the above T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
示例性地,第一实体将接收窗口的下限滑动到还没有递交到译码器的第一个PDU的序号。例如,发送设备发送PDU0(SN=0)、PDU1(SN=1)、PDU2(SN=2)、PDU3(SN=3),其中,PDU0至PDU3是对SDU1至SDU3网络编码得到的。当第一实体接收到PDU0、PDU2和PDU3时,第一实体将PDU0包含的数据包、PDU2包含的数据和PDU3包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理,并根据PDU0包含的数据包、PDU2包含的数据和PDU3包含的数据包恢复出SDU1、SDU2和SDU3。由于PDU2与所接收到PDU0的SN不连续,PDU2触发重排序定时器开启。若译码器恢复出SDU1至SDU3之前,第一实体没有接收到其他PDU,则第一实体在恢复出SDU1至SDU3之后,将接收窗口下限滑动到4(即没有递交到译码器的PDU4(SN=4)的序号)。此时,可以停止或重启重排序定时器。若第一实体向译码器递交PDU0包含的数据包、PDU2包含的数据和PDU3包含的数据包之后,且在译码器恢复出SDU1至SDU3之前,第一实体又接收到PDU4、PDU5(SN=5)和PDU7(SN=7),由于PDU4和PDU5与PDU3的SN连续,因此第一实体继续将PDU4包含的数据包和PDU5包含的数据包递交到译码器进行译码处理,并在译码器恢复出SDU1至SDU3之后,重启重排序定时器,并将接收窗口的下限滑动到7(即没有递交到译码器的PDU7的序号)。Exemplarily, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to the sequence number of the first PDU that has not yet been delivered to the decoder. For example, the sending device sends PDU0 (SN=0), PDU1 (SN=1), PDU2 (SN=2), and PDU3 (SN=3), wherein PDU0 to PDU3 are obtained by network coding SDU1 to SDU3 . When the first entity receives PDU0, PDU2, and PDU3, the first entity sends the data packets contained in PDU0, the data contained in PDU2, and the data packets contained in PDU3 to the decoder for processing, and according to the data packets contained in PDU0, PDU2 SDU1, SDU2 and SDU3 are recovered from the data contained in PDU3 and the packet contained in PDU3. Since the SNs of PDU2 and PDU0 received are not continuous, PDU2 triggers the start of the reordering timer. If the first entity does not receive other PDUs before the decoder recovers SDU1 to SDU3, then the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to 4 after recovering SDU1 to SDU3 (that is, the PDU4 that is not delivered to the decoder ( SN=sequence number of 4). At this point, the reorder timer can be stopped or restarted. If the first entity submits the data packet contained in PDU0, the data contained in PDU2 and the data packet contained in PDU3 to the decoder, and before the decoder restores SDU1 to SDU3, the first entity receives PDU4, PDU5 (SN =5) and PDU7 (SN=7), since the SNs of PDU4 and PDU5 are continuous with PDU3, the first entity continues to submit the data packets contained in PDU4 and the data packets contained in PDU5 to the decoder for decoding processing, and After recovering SDU1 to SDU3, the decoder restarts the reordering timer, and slides the lower limit of the receiving window to 7 (that is, the sequence number of PDU7 not submitted to the decoder).
下面依然结合图11,以第一实体是PDCP实体、T个PDU是PDCP DPU、接口窗口是PDCP接口窗口为例进行说明。In the following still referring to FIG. 11 , the first entity is a PDCP entity, the T PDUs are PDCP DPUs, and the interface window is a PDCP interface window for example.
例如图11所示,接收PDCP实体将SN分别为0、2、3的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包送到译码器进行译码处理之后,可以恢复出序号分别为1、2、3的PDCP SDU。进一步地,接收PDCP实体指示PDCP重排序定时器重启/停止,并且接收PDCP实体滑动PDCP接收窗口下限。也就是说,即使接收PDCP实体没有收到SN为1的PDCP PDU,但由于接收PDCP实体根据收到的SN分别为0、2、3的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包进行译码恢复出PDCP SDU1、PDCP SDU2和PDCP SDU3,则该接收PDCP实体停止/重启PDCP重排序定时器,并滑动PDCP接收窗口的下限向前移动。其中,重排序定时器重启是指该重 排序定时器和下一个满足开启重排序定时器条件的PDU绑定,并处于开启状态。For example, as shown in Figure 11, after the receiving PDCP entity sends the data packets contained in the PDCP PDUs with SNs of 0, 2, and 3 to the decoder for decoding processing, the PDCP packets with sequence numbers of 1, 2, and 3 can be restored. SDUs. Further, the receiving PDCP entity instructs the restart/stop of the PDCP reordering timer, and the receiving PDCP entity slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window. That is to say, even if the receiving PDCP entity does not receive the PDCP PDU with the SN of 1, the receiving PDCP entity decodes and restores the PDCP SDU1 according to the data packets contained in the received PDCP PDUs with the SNs of 0, 2, and 3 respectively. , PDCP SDU2 and PDCP SDU3, the receiving PDCP entity stops/restarts the PDCP reordering timer, and slides the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window to move forward. Wherein, the restart of the reordering timer means that the reordering timer is bound with the next PDU that satisfies the condition of starting the reordering timer, and is in the enabled state.
需要说明的是,在S1020中,第一实体根据T个数据包恢复出原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据。具体的,第一实体根据T个数据包中的系统包或原数据包恢复出一个原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第一递交方式递交恢复出的一个原始数据;或者,第一实体根据T个数据包执行网络译码恢复出M个原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第二递交方式递交原始数据。It should be noted that, in S1020, after the first entity restores the original data according to the T data packets, the original data may be submitted through the first delivery method or the second delivery method in the method 700. Specifically, after the first entity restores an original data according to the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets, it may submit the restored original data through the first delivery method in method 700; or, the first entity according to After performing network decoding on the T data packets to restore M original data, the original data may be submitted through the second delivery method in method 700 .
在本申请实施例中,第一实体一旦可以对接收到的T个数据包网络译码恢复出M个原始数据,就滑动接收窗口下限,从而解决了在引入NC功能的情况下,第一实体何时滑动接收窗口下限的问题。此外,第一实体并不关注接收到的PDU是否是连续的,即使第一实体接收到的T个PDU包括序号不连续的PDU,在重排序定时开启的状态下,第一实体也会将接收到T个数据包的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,而不必等到重排序定时器超时或接收到序号连续的PDU之后,再将接收到的数据包送到译码器进行处理,从而可以快速恢复原始数据,减小数据传输的时延。In the embodiment of the present application, once the first entity can decode and recover M original data from the network decoding of the received T data packets, it slides the lower limit of the receiving window, thus solving the problem of the first entity when the NC function is introduced. The problem of when to slide the lower limit of the receiving window. In addition, the first entity does not pay attention to whether the received PDUs are continuous. Even if the T PDUs received by the first entity include PDUs with discontinuous sequence numbers, when the reordering timing is enabled, the first entity will receive All or part of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, without waiting for the reordering timer to expire or after receiving PDUs with continuous sequence numbers, and then send the received data packets to the decoder for processing , so that the original data can be restored quickly and the delay of data transmission can be reduced.
图12是本申请实施例提供的数据处理的方法的示意性流程图。如图12所示,方法1200可以包括S1210和S1220,下面详细描述方法1200中的各步骤。Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a data processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method 1200 may include S1210 and S1220 , and each step in the method 1200 will be described in detail below.
S1210,第一实体接收T个数据包,T个数据包属于K个数据包,K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充。T、K、N和M都为正整数,K大于T,K大于N。S1210, the first entity receives T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets It is obtained by performing one or more of the following processes on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or padding. T, K, N and M are all positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N.
其中,关于K个数据包的更多描述可以参考上文S710。Wherein, for more description about the K data packets, reference may be made to S710 above.
应理解,在S1210中,第一实体接收到的数据包包含在PDU中。也就是说,第一实体接收T个PDU,T个PDU与T个数据包对应,即每个PDU中都包含一个数据包(例如,每个数据包经过加头处理后生成PDU)。It should be understood that, in S1210, the data packet received by the first entity is included in the PDU. That is to say, the first entity receives T PDUs, and the T PDUs correspond to T data packets, that is, each PDU includes a data packet (for example, each data packet generates a PDU after adding a header).
S1220,仅当重排序定时器超时,则第一实体将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:S1220, only when the reordering timer expires, the first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing:
T个PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包,在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包。The data packets included in the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs, and the data packets included in all PDUs received before the out-of-order PDUs and not delivered to the decoder.
其中,重排序定时器的开启由T个PDU中与前一个PDU的SN不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU触发。例如图13所示,当第一实体接收到PDU1(SN=1)、PDU3(SN=3)、PDU5(SN=5)和PDU6(SN=6)时,PDU3和PDU5分别与前一个PDU的SN不连续(PDU3与PDU1的SN不连续,PDU5与PDU3的SN不连续),由于PDU5的SN比PDU3的SN大,因此,重排序定时器的开启由PDU5触发。Wherein, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN among the T PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDU. For example, as shown in Figure 13, when the first entity receives PDU1 (SN=1), PDU3 (SN=3), PDU5 (SN=5) and PDU6 (SN=6), PDU3 and PDU5 are respectively the same as the previous PDU The SNs are discontinuous (the SNs of PDU3 and PDU1 are discontinuous, and the SNs of PDU5 and PDU3 are discontinuous). Since the SN of PDU5 is larger than that of PDU3, the start of the reordering timer is triggered by PDU5.
示例性地,第一实体是PDCP实体,T个PDU是T个PDCP PDU,重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器。Exemplarily, the first entity is a PDCP entity, the T PDUs are T PDCP PDUs, and the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer.
又示例性地,第一实体是RLC实体,T个PDU是RLC PDU,重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器。Also exemplary, the first entity is an RLC entity, the T PDUs are RLC PDUs, and the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer.
例如图13所示,第一实体收到PDU1、PDU3、PDU5和PDU6(即T=4)。具体的,当第一实体收到PDU1,由于PDU1的序号与接收窗口下限相等,则第一实体接收到PDU1 之后,直接将PDU1中包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理。第一实体根据收到的PDU3,可以获知PDU2没有收到,并根据收到的PDU5,可以获知PDU4没有收到,即:认为PDU3、PDU5和PDU6都是乱序收到的,因此,第一实体在接收到PDU5之后,开启重排序定时器。由于重排序定时器已经开启,则第一实体不会将乱序到达的PDU3、PDU5和PDU6中包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理,仅当重排序定时器超时之后,第一实体才会将PDU3、PDU5和PDU6中包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理。For example, as shown in FIG. 13 , the first entity receives PDU1 , PDU3 , PDU5 and PDU6 (that is, T=4). Specifically, when the first entity receives PDU1, since the sequence number of PDU1 is equal to the lower limit of the receiving window, after receiving PDU1, the first entity directly sends the data packet contained in PDU1 to the decoder for processing. According to the received PDU3, the first entity can know that PDU2 has not been received, and according to the received PDU5, can know that PDU4 has not been received, that is, it thinks that PDU3, PDU5 and PDU6 are all received out of order. Therefore, the first entity After receiving PDU5, the entity starts the reordering timer. Since the reordering timer has been started, the first entity will not send the data packets contained in PDU3, PDU5, and PDU6 arriving out of order to the decoder for processing. Only when the reordering timer expires, the first entity will The data packets contained in PDU3, PDU5 and PDU6 will be sent to the decoder for processing.
可选地,方法1200还包括:重排序定时器超时之后,第一实体滑动接收窗口下限。应理解,上文所述的T个PDU是在接收窗口内接收到的。Optionally, the method 1200 further includes: after the reordering timer expires, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window. It should be understood that the above T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
示例性地,第一实体将接收窗口的下限滑动到还没有递交到译码器的第一个PDU的序号。例如,发送设备发送PDU1(SN=1)、PDU2(SN=2)、PDU3(SN=3)、PDU4(SN=4),其中,PDU1至PDU4是对SDU1至SDU3网络编码得到的。当第一实体接收到PDU1、PDU3和PDU4时,第一实体将PDU1包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理,在重排序定时器超时之后,再将PDU3包含的数据包和PDU4包含的数据包送到译码器进行处理。若重排序定时器超时之前,第一实体没有接收到其他PDU,则第一实体在重排序定时器超时之后,将接收窗口下限滑动到5(即没有递交到译码器的PDU5(SN=5)的序号)。若重排序定时器超时之前,第一实体又接收到PDU5、PDU6(SN=6)和PDU8(SN=8),则在定时器超时之后,第一实体将PDU3包含的数据包、PDU4包含的数据包、PDU5包含的数据包和PDU6包含的数据包递交到译码器进行译码处理,并将接收窗口的下限滑动到8(即没有递交到译码器的PDU8的序号)。Exemplarily, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to the sequence number of the first PDU that has not yet been delivered to the decoder. For example, the sending device sends PDU1 (SN=1), PDU2 (SN=2), PDU3 (SN=3), and PDU4 (SN=4), wherein PDU1 to PDU4 are obtained by network coding SDU1 to SDU3 . When the first entity receives PDU1, PDU3 and PDU4, the first entity sends the data packet contained in PDU1 to the decoder for processing, and after the reordering timer expires, the data packet contained in PDU3 and the data contained in PDU4 The packets are sent to the decoder for processing. If the first entity does not receive other PDUs before the reordering timer expires, the first entity slides the lower limit of the receiving window to 5 after the reordering timer expires (that is, PDU5 (SN=5) not delivered to the decoder ) of the serial number). If the first entity receives PDU5, PDU6 (SN=6) and PDU8 (SN=8) before the reordering timer expires, then after the timer expires, the first entity sends the data packets contained in PDU3 and the packets contained in PDU4 The data packet, the data packet contained in PDU5 and the data packet contained in PDU6 are submitted to the decoder for decoding processing, and the lower limit of the receiving window is slid to 8 (that is, the sequence number of PDU8 not submitted to the decoder).
示例性地,第一实体是PDCP实体,接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口。Exemplarily, the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window.
又示例性地,第一实体是RLC实体,接收窗口是RLC接收窗口。In another example, the first entity is an RLC entity, and the receiving window is an RLC receiving window.
需要说明的是,在S1220中,第一实体根据T个数据包恢复出原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据。具体的,第一实体根据T个数据包中的系统包或原数据包恢复出一个原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第一递交方式递交恢复出的一个原始数据;或者,第一实体根据T个数据包执行网络译码恢复出M个原始数据之后,可以通过方法700中的第二递交方式递交原始数据。It should be noted that, in S1220, after the first entity restores the original data according to the T data packets, the original data may be submitted through the first delivery method or the second delivery method in the method 700 . Specifically, after the first entity restores an original data according to the system packets or original data packets in the T data packets, it may submit the restored original data through the first delivery method in method 700; or, the first entity according to After performing network decoding on the T data packets to restore M original data, the original data may be submitted through the second delivery method in method 700 .
在本申请实施例中,若第一实体接收到的T个PDU中存在乱序到达的PDU,则第一实体在重排序定时器超时之后,再将T个PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包,以及在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包中的至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理,从而有利于实现对数据包网络译码之后得到按序的原始数据。此外,避免对现有重排序定时器超时滑动接收窗口下限的方法的改动。In this embodiment of the application, if there are out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs received by the first entity, the first entity will include the out-of-order PDUs among the T PDUs after the reordering timer expires. The data packets, and at least one of the data packets contained in all PDUs received before the out-of-order PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, which is conducive to the realization of Sequenced original data is obtained after network decoding of the data packets. In addition, changes to the existing method of sliding the lower limit of the receiving window by timeout of the reordering timer are avoided.
应理解,本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。It should be understood that the various embodiments described herein may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.
以上对本申请提供的传输数据的方法进行了详细说明,下面介绍本申请提供的通信装置。The method for transmitting data provided by the present application has been described in detail above, and the communication device provided by the present application will be introduced below.
参见图14,图14为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图14,通信装置1400包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。Referring to FIG. 14 , FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , a communication device 1400 includes a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420 .
收发单元1410,用于接收T个数据包,该T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,该K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系, 或者,该K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,该K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;该N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;The transceiver unit 1410 is configured to receive T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship ;The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N ;
收发单元1410,还用于以第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据;该第一递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据中的一个原始数据时,通过该第一实体递交该一个原始数据;该第二递交方式包括:当对该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据时,通过该第一实体递交该M个原始数据。The transceiver unit 1410 is further configured to submit original data in a first delivery mode or a second delivery mode; the first delivery mode includes: performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover one of the M original data For original data, submit the original data through the first entity; the second delivery method includes: when performing network decoding operations on the T data packets to recover the M original data, submit the original data through the first entity M raw data.
可选地,在一个实施例中,所述收发单元1410,还用于接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于该终端设备使用的递交方式,该递交方式包括该第一递交方式或该第二递交方式。Optionally, in an embodiment, the transceiving unit 1410 is further configured to receive first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used for a delivery mode used by the terminal device, and the delivery mode includes The first delivery method or the second delivery method.
可选地,在一个实施例中,该网络译码操作由SDAP层或NC层实现,该NC层位于PDCP层和该SDAP层之间,处理单元1420,用于开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能。Optionally, in one embodiment, the network decoding operation is implemented by the SDAP layer or the NC layer, the NC layer is located between the PDCP layer and the SDAP layer, and the processing unit 1420 is configured to enable the out-of-order delivery function of the PDCP entity .
可选地,在一个实施例中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,处理单元1420,用于关闭PDCP实体的重排序功能。Optionally, in one embodiment, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the processing unit 1420 is configured to disable the reordering function of the PDCP entity.
可选地,在一个实施例中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,收发单元1410,还用于:当PDCP重排序定时器处于开启状态,将该T个数据包中的部分获取全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由收到T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中SN最大的的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应,该T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与PDCP接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,该T个PDCP PDU在该PDCP接收窗口内收到。Optionally, in one embodiment, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer is on, obtain all the parts of the T data packets and send them to To the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by receiving the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs. A PDCP PDU corresponds to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets includes data packets other than the data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence numbers of the data packets of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window. The T PDCP PDUs are in the Received within the PDCP receive window.
可选地,在一个实施例中,当该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,处理单元1420,还用于停止PDCP重排序定时器。Optionally, in one embodiment, after the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the processing unit 1420 is further configured to stop the PDCP reordering timer.
可选地,在一个实施例中,当该T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出该M个原始数据后,处理单元1420,还用于滑动PDCP接收窗口下限。Optionally, in an embodiment, after the T data packets are decoded by the network to recover the M original data, the processing unit 1420 is further configured to slide the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window.
可选地,在一个实施例中,该网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,收发单元1410,还用于:当PDCP重排序定时器超时,则将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDCP PDU中乱序到达的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包、在该乱序到达的PDCP PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDCP PDU中包含的数据包,其中,该PDCP重排序定时器的开启由该该T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中的SN最大的的PDCP PDU触发,该T个PDCP PDU与该T个数据包对应。Optionally, in one embodiment, the network decoding operation is implemented by the PDCP layer, and the transceiver unit 1410 is also configured to: when the PDCP reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for Decoding processing: among the T PDCP PDUs, the data packets contained in the out-of-order PDCP PDUs, and the data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the out-of-order PDCP PDUs and not yet delivered to the decoder, among which , the start of the PDCP reordering timer is triggered by the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs that are discontinuous with the SN of the previous PDCP PDU among the T PDCP PDUs, and the T PDCP PDUs and the T data packets correspond.
另外,在各实施例中,处理单元1420用于执行除了发送和接收的动作之外由发送端内部实现的处理和/或操作。收发单元1410用于执行接收和/或发送的动作。In addition, in various embodiments, the processing unit 1420 is configured to perform processing and/or operations implemented internally by the sending end except for the sending and receiving actions. The transceiver unit 1410 is configured to perform receiving and/or sending actions.
参见图15,图15为本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图。如图15,通信装置1500包括:一个或多个处理器1510,一个或多个存储器1520以及一个或多个通信接口1530。处理器1510用于控制通信接口1530收发信号,存储器1520用于存储计算机程序,处理器1510用于从存储器1520中调用并运行该计算机程序,以使得通信装置1500执行本申请各方法实施例中由发送端执行的处理和/或操作。Referring to FIG. 15 , FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication device 1500 includes: one or more processors 1510 , one or more memories 1520 and one or more communication interfaces 1530 . The processor 1510 is used to control the communication interface 1530 to send and receive signals, the memory 1520 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 1510 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 1520, so that the communication device 1500 executes the method described in each method embodiment of the present application. Processing and/or operations performed by the sender.
例如,处理器1510可以具有图14中所示的处理单元1420的功能,通信接口1530可以具有图14中所示的收发单元1410的功能。For example, the processor 1510 may have the functions of the processing unit 1420 shown in FIG. 14 , and the communication interface 1530 may have the functions of the transceiver unit 1410 shown in FIG. 14 .
在一种实现方式中,通信装置1500可以为方法实施例中的接收设备。在这种实现方式中,通信接口1530可以为收发器。收发器可以包括接收器和/或发射器。可选地,处理器1510可以为基带装置,通信接口1530可以为射频装置。In an implementation manner, the communication apparatus 1500 may be the receiving device in the method embodiment. In such an implementation, communication interface 1530 may be a transceiver. Transceivers may include receivers and/or transmitters. Optionally, the processor 1510 may be a baseband device, and the communication interface 1530 may be a radio frequency device.
在另一种实现中,通信装置1500可以为安装在接收设备中的芯片(或芯片系统)。在这种实现方式中,通信接口1530可以为接口电路或者输入/输出接口。In another implementation, the communication apparatus 1500 may be a chip (or chip system) installed in a receiving device. In this implementation, the communication interface 1530 may be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
其中,图15中器件(例如,处理器、存储器或通信接口)后面的虚线框表示该器件可以为一个以上。Wherein, the dotted box behind the device (for example, processor, memory or communication interface) in FIG. 15 indicates that there may be more than one device.
可选的,上述各装置实施例中的存储器与处理器可以是物理上相互独立的单元,或者,存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起,本文不作限定。Optionally, the memory and the processor in the foregoing apparatus embodiments may be physically independent units, or the memory and the processor may also be integrated together, which is not limited herein.
此外,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the receiving device in each method embodiment of the present application are and/or processing is performed.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the first entity in each method embodiment of the present application and /or processing is performed.
此外,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the receiving device in each method embodiment of the present application and/or or processing is performed.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program codes or instructions. When the computer program codes or instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the first entity in each method embodiment of the present application and/or Processing is performed.
此外,本申请还提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的发送端执行任意一个方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理。In addition, the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, the memory for storing the computer program is set independently of the chip, the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the sending end of the chip is installed Execute the operations and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment.
进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。Further, the chip may further include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like. Further, the chip may further include the memory.
本申请还提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的接收端执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory for storing computer programs is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used for executing the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the receiving end installed with the chip executes any Operations and/or processing performed by a first entity in a method embodiment.
进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。Further, the chip may further include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like. Further, the chip may further include the memory.
可选地,上述处理器可以为一个或多个,所述存储器可以为一个或多个,所述存储器可以为一个或多个。Optionally, there may be one or more processors, one or more memories, and one or more memories.
此外,本申请还提供一种通信装置(例如,可以为芯片或芯片系统),包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收(或称为输入)数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息,以及,通信接口还用于输出(或称为输出)经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, the present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and will receive The received data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or processed by the processor or information, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment is performed.
本申请还提供一种通信装置(例如,可以为芯片或芯片系统),包括处理器和通信接 口,所述通信接口用于接收(或称为输入)数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息,以及,通信接口还用于输出(或称为输出)经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理被执行。The present application also provides a communication device (for example, it may be a chip or a chip system), including a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive (or be referred to as input) data and/or information, and the received The data and/or information are transmitted to the processor, and the processor processes the data and/or information, and the communication interface is also used to output (or be referred to as output) the data and/or information processed by the processor , so that the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment is performed.
此外,本申请还提供一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,使得所述通信装置执行任意一个方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理。In addition, the present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the at least one memory, The communication apparatus is made to perform the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any one method embodiment.
本申请还提供一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,使得所述通信装置执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction stored in the at least one memory, so that the The communication device executes the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment.
此外,本申请还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器和存储器。可选地,还可以包括收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使通信设备执行任意一个方法实施例中由接收设备执行的操作和/或处理。In addition, the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs the operation and/or processing performed by the receiving device in any method embodiment.
本申请还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器和存储器。可选地,还可以包括收发器。其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,并控制收发器收发信号,以使通信设备执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一实体执行的操作和/或处理。The present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a memory. Optionally, a transceiver may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to run the computer programs stored in the memory, and control the transceiver to send and receive signals, so that the communication device performs the operation and/or processing performed by the first entity in any one method embodiment.
本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DRRAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DRRAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
上述实施例所提供的方法,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品可以包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如,红外、无线、微波 等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。The methods provided in the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product may comprise one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wired (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
本申请实施例中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c;a和b;a和c;b和c;或a和b和c。其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (unit) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c; a and b; a and c; b and c; or a and b and c. Where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于接收设备,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method is applied to a receiving device, and the method includes:
    通过第一实体接收T个数据包,所述T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,所述K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;或者,所述K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;所述N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;T data packets are received by the first entity, and the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship with N original data packets; or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets are related to the N original data packets Satisfy the encoding relationship; the N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, and K is greater than T , K is greater than N;
    通过所述第一实体以第一递交方式或第二递交方式递交原始数据;submitting the original data through the first entity by the first delivery method or the second delivery method;
    所述第一递交方式包括:当对所述T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据中的一个原始数据时,通过所述第一实体递交所述一个原始数据;The first delivery method includes: when performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore one original data among the M original data, submitting the one original data through the first entity;
    所述第二递交方式包括:当对所述T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据时,通过所述第一实体递交所述M个原始数据,其中,T不小于N。The second delivery method includes: when performing a network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, submitting the M original data through the first entity, where T is not less than N.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收设备是终端设备,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the receiving device is a terminal device, and the method further comprises:
    接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备使用的递交方式,所述递交方式包括所述第一递交方式或所述第二递交方式。Receive first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the delivery mode used by the terminal device, where the delivery mode includes the first delivery mode or the second delivery mode.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络译码操作由业务数据适配协议SDAP层或网络编码NC层实现,所述NC层位于分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层和所述SDAP层之间,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the network decoding operation is implemented by a service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer or a network coding NC layer, and the NC layer is located between the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and the Between SDAP layers, the method also includes:
    开启PDCP实体的乱序递交功能。Enable the out-of-order delivery function of PDCP entities.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further comprises:
    关闭PDCP实体的重排序功能。Disable the reordering function of PDCP entities.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是PDCP实体,且所述网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further comprises:
    当PDCP重排序定时器处于开启状态,通过所述第一实体将所述T个数据包中的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,所述PDCP重排序定时器的开启由接收到的T个PDCP协议数据单元PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的序列号SN不连续的PDCP PDU中的SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,所述T个PDCP PDU与所述T个数据包对应,所述T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与PDCP接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,所述T个PDCP PDU在所述PDCP接收窗口内收到。When the PDCP reordering timer is on, the first entity sends all or part of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the PDCP reordering timer is started by Among the received T PDCP protocol data unit PDUs, the PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs whose sequence number SN is discontinuous with the previous PDCP PDU is triggered, and the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets, so Part of the T data packets includes data packets other than data packets whose sequence numbers are continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window, and the T PDCP PDUs are received within the PDCP receiving window.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    当对所述T个数据包进行所述网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,通过所述第一实体停止所述PDCP重排序定时器。After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover the M original data, the PDCP reordering timer is stopped by the first entity.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    当对所述T个数据包进行所述网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,通过所述第一实体滑动所述PDCP接收窗口下限。After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid by the first entity.
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是PDCP实体,且所述网络译码操作由PDCP层实现,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first entity is a PDCP entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by a PDCP layer, and the method further comprises:
    当PDCP重排序定时器超时,通过所述第一实体将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个PDCP PDU中乱序到达的PDCP PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDCP PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDCP PDU中包含的数据包,其中,所述PDCP重排序定时器的开启由所述T个PDCP PDU中与前一个PDCP PDU的SN不连续的PDCP PDU中的SN最大的PDCP PDU触发,所述T个PDCP PDU与所述T个数据包对应。When the PDCP reordering timer expires, the first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packets contained in the PDCP PDUs arriving out of order among the T PDCP PDUs, The data packets contained in all PDCP PDUs received before the PDCP PDUs arriving in order and not yet delivered to the decoder, wherein the start of the PDCP reordering timer is determined by the T PDCP PDUs and the previous PDCP PDU The PDCP PDU with the largest SN among the PDCP PDUs with discontinuous SNs is triggered, and the T PDCP PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  9. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是无线链路控制RLC实体,且所述网络译码操作由RLC层实现,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first entity is a Radio Link Control (RLC) entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer, and the method further comprises:
    当RLC重排序定时器处于开启状态,通过所述第一实体将所述T个数据包中的全部或部分送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,所述RLC重排序定时器的开启由接收到T个RLC PDU与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中SN最大的RLC PDU触发,所述T个RLC PDU与所述T个数据包对应,所述T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与RLC接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之外的数据包,所述T个RLC PDU在所述RLC接收窗口内收到。When the RLC reordering timer is on, the first entity sends all or part of the T data packets to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the RLC reordering timer is started by The RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs whose SNs are discontinuous between T RLC PDUs and the previous RLC PDU is triggered, the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets, and the part of the T data packets Including data packets other than data packets whose sequence number is continuous with the sequence number of the data packet of the lower limit of the RLC receiving window, the T RLC PDUs are received within the RLC receiving window.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    当对所述该T个数据包进行所述网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,通过所述第一实体停止所述RLC重排序定时器。After performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the first entity stops the RLC reordering timer.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    当对所述T个数据包进行所述网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,通过所述第一实体滑动RLC接收窗口下限。After performing the network decoding operation on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the lower limit of the RLC receiving window is slid by the first entity.
  12. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是RLC实体,且所述网络译码操作由RLC层实现,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first entity is an RLC entity, and the network decoding operation is implemented by an RLC layer, and the method further comprises:
    当RLC重排序定时器超时,通过所述第一实体将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个RLC PDU中乱序到达的RLC PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的RLC PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有RLC PDU中包含的数据包,其中,所述RLC重排序定时器的开启由所述T个RLC PDU中与前一个RLC PDU的SN不连续的RLC PDU中的SN最大的RLC PDU触发,所述T个RLC PDU与所述T个数据包对应。When the RLC reordering timer expires, the first entity sends at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packets contained in the RLC PDUs that arrive out of sequence among the T RLC PDUs, The data packets contained in all RLC PDUs received before the RLC PDUs arriving in order and not yet delivered to the decoder, wherein the opening of the RLC reordering timer is determined by the connection between the T RLC PDUs and the previous RLC PDU The RLC PDU with the largest SN among the RLC PDUs with discontinuous SNs is triggered, and the T RLC PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  13. 一种数据处理方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一实体,所述方法包括:A data processing method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first entity, and the method includes:
    接收T个数据包,所述T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,所述K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,所述K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;所述N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;Receive T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original The data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship; The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N ;
    当重排序定时器处于开启状态,将所述T个数据包中的部分或全部送到译码器进行译码处理,其中,所述重排序定时器的开启由T个协议数据单元PDU中与前一个PDU的序列号SN不连续的PDU中SN最大的PDU触发,所述T个PDU与所述T个数据包对应,所述T个数据包中的部分包括除序号与接收窗口的下限的数据包的序号连续的数据包之 外的数据包,所述T个PDU在所述接收窗口内收到。When the reordering timer is on, part or all of the T data packets are sent to the decoder for decoding processing, wherein the reordering timer is started by T protocol data units PDU and The PDU whose sequence number SN of the previous PDU is not continuous is triggered by the PDU with the largest SN. The T PDUs correspond to the T data packets. For data packets other than data packets with consecutive sequence numbers, the T PDUs are received within the receiving window.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是分组数据汇聚协议PDCP实体,所述重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,所述接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first entity is a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, and the Methods also include:
    当对所述T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,停止所述PDCP重排序定时器。When the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the PDCP reordering timer is stopped.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是PDCP实体,所述重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器,所述接收窗口是PDCP接收窗口,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first entity is a PDCP entity, the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer, and the receiving window is a PDCP receiving window, the method further comprising:
    当对所述T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,滑动PDCP接收窗口下限。After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to recover the M original data, the lower limit of the PDCP receiving window is slid.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是无线链路控制RLC实体,所述重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,所述接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first entity is a radio link control (RLC) entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the Methods also include:
    当对所述T个数据包进行网络译码操作恢复出所述M个原始数据后,停止所述RLC重排序定时器。After the network decoding operation is performed on the T data packets to restore the M original data, the RLC reordering timer is stopped.
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是RLC实体,所述重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器,所述接收窗口是RLC接收窗口,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first entity is an RLC entity, the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer, and the receiving window is an RLC receiving window, and the method further comprises:
    当对所述T个数据包恢复出所述M个原始数据后,滑动RLC接收窗口下限。After recovering the M original data from the T data packets, slide the lower limit of the RLC receiving window.
  18. 一种数据处理的方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一实体,所述方法包括:A data processing method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first entity, and the method includes:
    接收T个数据包,所述T个数据包属于K个数据包,其中,所述K个数据包包括N个系统包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包与N个原数据包满足编码关系,或者,所述K个数据包包括N个原数据包和(K-N)个冗余包,所述K个数据包中的冗余包与N个原数据包满足编码关系;所述N个原数据包是对M个原始数据进行以下一项或多项处理得到的:分割、级联或加填充,T、K、N和M为正整数,K大于T,K大于N;Receive T data packets, the T data packets belong to K data packets, wherein, the K data packets include N system packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the K data packets are related to the N original The data packets satisfy the coding relationship, or, the K data packets include N original data packets and (K-N) redundant packets, and the redundant packets in the K data packets and the N original data packets satisfy the coding relationship; The N original data packets are obtained by performing one or more of the following processing on the M original data: segmentation, concatenation or filling, T, K, N and M are positive integers, K is greater than T, and K is greater than N ;
    当重排序定时器超时,将以下至少一种数据包送到译码器进行译码处理:T个协议数据单元PDU中乱序到达的PDU中包含的数据包、在乱序到达的PDU之前收到且尚未递交到译码器的所有PDU中包含的数据包,其中,所述重排序定时器的开启由所述T个PDU中与前一个PDU的序列号SN不连续的PDU中的SN最大的PDU触发,所述T个PDU与所述T个数据包对应。When the reordering timer expires, send at least one of the following data packets to the decoder for decoding processing: the data packets contained in the PDUs that arrive out of order among the T protocol data units PDUs, and the packets received before the PDUs that arrive out of order The data packets contained in all PDUs that have arrived and have not yet been delivered to the decoder, wherein the reordering timer is started by the SN of the PDU that is not continuous with the sequence number SN of the previous PDU among the T PDUs PDU triggers, the T PDUs correspond to the T data packets.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是分组数据汇聚协议PDCP实体,所述重排序定时器是PDCP重排序定时器The method according to claim 18, wherein the first entity is a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity, and the reordering timer is a PDCP reordering timer
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一实体是无线链路控制RLC实体,所述重排序定时器是RLC重排序定时器。The method according to claim 18, wherein the first entity is a Radio Link Control (RLC) entity, and the reordering timer is an RLC reordering timer.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions stored in the at least one memory, so that The communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,或者以使所述 通信装置执行如权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions stored in the at least one memory, so that The communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, or causes the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 18 to 20.
  23. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器,所述处理器处理所述数据和/或信息,以执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,或者以执行如权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,或者以执行如权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is used to receive data and/or information, and transmit the received data and/or information to the processor, and the processor processes Said data and/or information, to carry out the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or to carry out the method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, or to carry out the method according to claim 18 The method described in any one of to 20.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者使得如权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者使得如权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12 is executed Realize, or cause the method as described in any one of claims 13 to 17 to be realized, or cause the method as described in any one of claims 18 to 20 to be realized.
  25. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者使得如权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者使得如权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12 is implemented, Or causing the method according to any one of claims 13 to 17 to be implemented, or causing the method according to any one of claims 18 to 20 to be implemented.
PCT/CN2022/111611 2021-08-13 2022-08-11 Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus WO2023016506A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110932673.0 2021-08-13
CN202110932673.0A CN115706621A (en) 2021-08-13 2021-08-13 Data transmission method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023016506A1 true WO2023016506A1 (en) 2023-02-16

Family

ID=85180262

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/111611 WO2023016506A1 (en) 2021-08-13 2022-08-11 Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115706621A (en)
WO (1) WO2023016506A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130195106A1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2013-08-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Multi-Path Data Transfer Using Network Coding
CN107634823A (en) * 2017-07-19 2018-01-26 西南交通大学 The data transmission method of transmission control protocol based on network code
US20210176658A1 (en) * 2018-04-04 2021-06-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for configuring a relay node
CN113114410A (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, configuration method and communication equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130195106A1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2013-08-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Multi-Path Data Transfer Using Network Coding
CN107634823A (en) * 2017-07-19 2018-01-26 西南交通大学 The data transmission method of transmission control protocol based on network code
US20210176658A1 (en) * 2018-04-04 2021-06-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for configuring a relay node
CN113114410A (en) * 2020-01-10 2021-07-13 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, configuration method and communication equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115706621A (en) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017049647A1 (en) Data sending method, data receiving method and relevant device
EP4089936A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus
US20220271865A1 (en) Communication Method, Network Device, and Terminal
WO2022001367A1 (en) Coding method and device
US20220368494A1 (en) Uplink re-transmission with compact memory usage
US20230075613A1 (en) Terminal device
WO2022228467A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
US11817958B2 (en) MAC-based hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)
WO2018103637A1 (en) Data processing method, sending device and receiving device
WO2023005885A1 (en) Data forwarding method and apparatus in switching scenario
WO2023005909A1 (en) Timeout packet loss method and apparatus in network coding scenario, and readable storage medium
WO2023016506A1 (en) Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus
CN113316922B (en) Apparatus, method, device and computer readable storage medium for transmitting data packets
TWI685225B (en) Communication method, and terminal equipment
WO2022156416A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN115669019A (en) Method and apparatus for signaling network coding capabilities
WO2023273973A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023125341A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023284666A1 (en) Network coding function configuration method and related apparatus
WO2022227845A1 (en) Data processing method, apparatus and system
WO2023221832A2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024032354A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus
US11909537B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2023273948A1 (en) Methods for sending data and receiving data and communication apparatus
WO2024007327A1 (en) Method of resource efficiency improvement

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22855486

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22855486

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1